summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/12798-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '12798-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--12798-0.txt6470
1 files changed, 6470 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/12798-0.txt b/12798-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beab5b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/12798-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6470 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12798 ***
+
+ * * * * *
+ ***NOTE TO READERS***
+
+This file is encoded using the ASCII character set.
+
+The text in this file contains a number of characters not contained in
+the standard ASCII character set. To enable the display of these
+characters the following alternatives have been placed in the text:
+
+ A macron is indicated by the character | immediately after the
+ accented letter. For example a| is used to indicate the letter a
+ with a macron diacritical.
+
+ A breve is indicated by the character ~ immediately after the
+ accented letter. For example a~ is used to indicate the letter a
+ with a breve diacritical.
+
+The characters | and ~ only appear in the text to indicate the
+diacritical accents.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_By_ ROCK & POOL
+On An Austral Shore
+
+_By_ LOUIS BECKE
+
+AUTHOR OF "PACIFIC TALES,"
+"BY REEF AND PALM," ETC., ETC.
+
+New Amsterdam Book Company
+156 FIFTH AVENUE: NEW YORK CITY: MCMI
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+BY ROCK AND POOL
+
+SOLEPA
+
+THE FISHER FOLK OF NUKUFETAU
+
+MRS. MACLAGGAN'S BILLY
+
+AN ISLAND MEMORY
+
+A HUNDRED FATHOMS DEEP
+
+ON A TIDAL RIVER
+
+DENISON GETS ANOTHER SHIP
+
+JACK SHARK'S PILOT
+
+THE "PALU" OF THE EQUATORIAL PACIFIC
+
+THE WILY "GOANNER"
+
+THE TA~NIFA OF SAMOA
+
+ON BOARD THE _TUCOPIA_
+
+THE MAN IN THE BUFFALO HIDE
+
+ * * * * *
+
+A CRUISE IN THE SOUTH SEAS--HINTS TO INTENDING TRAVELLERS
+
+
+
+
+_By Rock and Pool on an Austral Shore_
+
+
+The quaint, old-fashioned little town faces eastward to the blue
+Pacific, whose billows, when the wind blows from any point between north
+and east, come tumbling in across the shallow bar in ceaseless lines of
+foaming white, to meet, when the tide is on the ebb, the swift current
+of a tidal river as broad as the Thames at Westminster Bridge. On the
+south side of the bar, from the sleepy town itself to the pilot station
+on the Signal Hill, there rises a series of smooth grassy bluffs, whose
+seaward bases touch the fringe of many small beaches, or start sheer
+upward from the water when the tide is high, and the noisy swish and
+swirl of the eager river current has ceased.
+
+As you stand on the Signal Hill, and look along the coast, you see a
+long, long monotonous line of beach, trending northward ten miles from
+end to end, forming a great curve from the sandspit on the north side of
+the treacherous bar to the blue loom of a headland in shape like the
+figure of a couchant lion. Back from the shore-line, a narrow littoral
+of dense scrub, impervious to the rays of the sun, and unbroken in its
+solitude except by the cries of birds, or the heavy footfall of wild
+cattle upon the thick carpet of fallen leaves; and then, far to the
+west, the dimmed, shadowy outline of the main coastal range.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It is a keen, frosty morning in June--the midwinter of Australia--and as
+the red sun bursts through the sea-rim, a gentle land breeze creeps
+softly down from the mountain forest of gums and iron-barks, and blows
+away the mists that, all through a night of cloudless calm, have laid
+heavily upon the surface of the sleeping ocean. One by one the doors of
+the five little white-painted, weather-boarded houses which form the
+quarters of the pilot-boat's crew open, and five brown, hairy-faced men,
+each smoking a pipe, issue forth, and, hands in pockets, scan the
+surface of the sea from north to south, for perchance a schooner, trying
+to make the port, may have been carried along by the current from the
+southward, and is within signalling distance to tell her whether the bar
+is passable or not. For the bar of the Port is as changeable in its
+moods as the heart of a giddy maid to her lovers--to-day it may invite
+you to come in and take possession of its placid waters in the harbour
+beyond; to-morrow it may roar and snarl with boiling surf and savage,
+eddying currents, and whirlpools slapping fiercely against the grim,
+black rocks of the southern shore.
+
+Look at the five men as they stand or saunter about on the smooth,
+frosty grass. They are sailormen--one and all--as you can see by their
+walk and hear by their talk; rough, ready, and sturdy, though not so
+sturdy nor so square-built as your solid men of brave old Deal; but a
+long way better in appearance and character than the sponging,
+tip-seeking, loafing fraternity of slouching, lazy robbers who on the
+parades of Brighton, Hastings, and Eastbourne, and other fashionable
+seaside resorts in this country, lean against lamp-posts with "Licensed
+Boatman" writ on their hat-bands, and call themselves fishermen, though
+they seldom handle a herring or cod that does not come from a
+fishmonger's shop. These Australians of British blood are leaner in
+face, leaner in limb than the Kentish men, and drink whiskey instead of
+coffee or tea at early morn. But see them at work in the face of danger
+and death on that bar, when the surf is leaping high and a schooner lies
+broadside on and helpless to the sweeping rollers, and you will say that
+a more undaunted crew never gripped an oar to rescue a fellow-sailorman
+from the hungry sea.
+
+One of them, a grey-haired, deeply-bronzed man of sixty, with his neck
+and hands tatooed in strange markings, imprinted thereon by the hands of
+the wild natives of Tucopia, in the South Seas, with whom he has lived
+forty years before as one of themselves, is mine own particular friend
+and crony, for his two sons have been playmates with my brothers and
+myself, who were all born in this quaint old-time seaport of the first
+colony in Australia; this forgotten remnant of the dread days of the
+awful convict system, when the clank of horrible gyves sounded on the
+now deserted and grass-grown streets, and the swish of the hateful and
+ever active "cat" was heard within the walls of the huge red-brick
+prison on the bluff facing the sea. Oh, the old, old memories of those
+hideous times! How little they wounded or troubled our boyish minds, as
+we, bent on some fishing or hunting venture along the coast, walked
+along a road which had been first soddened by tears and then dried by
+the panting, anguished breathings of beings fashioned in the image of
+their Creator, as they toiled and died under the brutal hands of their
+savage task-masters--the civilian officials of that cruel "System"
+which, by the irony of fate, the far-seeing, gentle, and tender-hearted
+Arthur Phillip, the founder of Australia, was first appointed to
+administer.
+
+But away with such memories for the moment. Over the lee side with them
+into the Sea of the Past, together with the clank of the fetters and the
+hum of the cat and the merciless laws of the time; sink them all
+together with the names of the military rum-selling traducers of the
+good Phillip, and of ill-tempered, passionate sailor Bligh of the
+_Bounty_--honest, brave, irascible, vindictive; destroyer of his ship's
+company on that fateful adventure to Tahiti, hero of the most famous
+boat-voyage the world has ever known; sea-bully and petty "hazer" of
+hapless Fletcher Christian and his comrades, gallant officer in battle
+and thanked by Nelson at Copenhagen; conscientious governor of a
+starveling colony gasping under the hands of unscrupulous military
+money-makers, William Bligh deserves to be remembered by all men of
+English blood who are proud of the annals of the most glorious navy in
+the world.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+But ere we descend to the beach to wander by rock and pool in this
+glowing Australian sun, the warm, loving rays of which are fast drying
+the frost-coated grass, let us look at these square, old-time monuments
+to the dead, placed on the Barrack Hill, and overlooking the sea. There
+are four in all, but around them are many low, sunken headstones of
+lichen-covered slabs, the inscriptions on which, like many of those on
+the stones in the cemetery by the reedy creek, have long since vanished.
+
+There, indeed, if you care to brave the snake-haunted place you will
+discover a word, or the part of a word--"Talav----," "Torre----Vedras,"
+"Vimiera," or "Badaj----," or "Fuentes de On----," and you know that
+underneath lies the dust of men who served their country well when the
+Iron Duke was rescuing Europe from the grip of the bloodstained
+Corsican. On one, which for seventy years has faced the rising sun and
+the salty breath of the ocean breeze, there remains but the one glorious
+word, "Aboukir!" every indented letter thickly filled with grey moss and
+lichen, though the name of he who fought there has disappeared, and
+being but that of some humble seaman, is unrecorded and unknown in the
+annals of his country. How strange it seems! but yet how fitting that
+this one word alone should be preserved by loving Nature from the
+decaying touch of Time. Perhaps the very hand of the convict mason who
+held the chisel to the stone struck deeper as he carved the letters of
+the name of the glorious victory.
+
+But let us away from here; for in the hot summer months amid these
+neglected and decaying memorials of the dead, creeping and crawling in
+and out of the crumbling masonry of the tombs, gliding among the long,
+reedy grass, or lying basking in the sun upon the fallen headstones, are
+deadly black and brown snakes. They have made this old, time-forgotten
+cemetery their own favourite haunting place; for the waters of the creek
+are near, and on its margin they find their prey. Once, so the shaky old
+wharfinger will tell you, a naval lieutenant, who had been badly wounded
+in the first Maori war, died in the commandant's house. He was buried
+here on the bank of the creek, and one day his young wife who had come
+from England to nurse him and found him dead, sat down on his grave and
+went to sleep. When she awoke, a great black snake was lying on her
+knees. She died that day from the shock.
+
+The largest of these four monuments on the bluff stands nearest to the
+sea, and the inscription on the heavy flat slab of sandstone which
+covers it is fairly legible:--
+
+ Sacred to the Memory of
+ JAMES VAUGHAN,
+ Who was a Private in Captain
+ Fraser Allan's Company
+ of the 40th Regiment,
+Who died on the 24th November, 1823,
+ of a Gunshot Wound Received
+ on the 20th Day of the Month,
+ when in Pursuit of a
+ Runaway Convict.
+ Aged 25 years.
+
+The others record the names of the "infant son and daughters of Mr. G.
+Smith, Commissariat Storekeeper," and of "Edward Marvin, who died 4th
+July, 1821, aged 21 years."
+
+Many other sunken headstones denote the last resting-places of soldiers
+and sailors, and civilian officials, who died between 1821 and 1830,
+when the little port was a thriving place, and when, as the old gossips
+will tell you, it made a "rare show, when the Governor came here, and
+Major Innes--him as brought that cussed lantana plant from the
+Peninsula--sent ninety mounted men to escort him to Lake Innes."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The tide is low, and the flat _congewoi_-covered ledges of reef on the
+southern side of the bar lie bare and exposed to the sun. Here and there
+in the crystal pools among the rocks, fish have been left by the tide,
+and as you step over the _congewoi_, whose teats spurt out jets of
+water to the pressure of your foot, large silvery bream and gaily-hued
+parrot-fish rush off and hide themselves from view. But tear off a piece
+of _congewoi,_ open it, and throw the sanguinary-coloured delicacy into
+the water, and presently you will see the parrot-fish dart out eagerly,
+and begin to tear it asunder with their long, irregular, and needle-like
+teeth, whilst the more cautious and lordly bream, with wary eye and
+gentle, undulating tail, watch from underneath a ledge for a favourable
+moment to dash out and secure a morsel.
+
+In some of the wider and shallower ponds are countless thousands of
+small mullet, each about three or four inches in length, and swimming
+closely together in separated but compact battalions. Some, as the sound
+of a human footstep warns them of danger, rush for safety among the
+submerged clefts and crevices of their temporary retreat, only to be
+mercilessly and fatally enveloped by the snaky, viscous tentacles of the
+ever-lurking octopus, for every hole and pool among the rocks contains
+one or more of these hideously repulsive creatures.
+
+Sometimes you will see one crawling over the _congewoi_, changing from
+one pool to another in search of prey; its greeny-grey eyes regard you
+with defiant malevolence. Strike it heavily with a stick, or thrust it
+through with a spear, and in an instant its colour, which a moment
+before was either a dark mottled brown or a mingled reddish-black,
+changes to a ghastly, horrible, marbled grey; the horrid tentacles
+writhe and cling to the weapon, or spread out and adhere to the
+surrounding points of rock, a black, inky fluid is ejected from the
+soft, pulpy, and slimy body; and then, after raining blow after blow
+upon it, it lies unable to crawl away, but still twisting and turning,
+and showing its red and white suckers--a thing of horror indeed, the
+embodiment of all that is hateful, wicked, and malignant in nature.
+
+Some idea of the numbers of these crafty and savage denizens of the
+limpid pools may be obtained by dropping a baited fishing line in one of
+the deeper spots. First you will see one, and then another, thin end of
+a tentacle come waveringly out from underneath a ledge of rock, and
+point towards the bait, then the rest of the ugly creature follows, and
+gathering itself together, darts upon the hook, for the possession of
+which half a dozen more of its fellows are already advancing, either
+swimming or by drawing themselves over the sandy bottom of the pool.
+Deep buried in the sand itself is another, a brute which may weigh ten
+or fifteen pounds, and which would take all the strength of a strong man
+to overcome were its loathsome tentacles clasped round his limbs in
+their horrid embrace. Only part of the head and the half-closed,
+tigerish eyes are visible, and even these portions are coated over with
+fine sand so as to render them almost undistinguishable from the bed in
+which it lies awaiting for some careless crab or fish to come within
+striking distance. How us boys delighted to destroy these big fellows
+when we came across one thus hidden in the sand or _débris_ on the
+bottom! A quick thrust of the spear through the tough, elongated head,
+a vision of whirling, outspread, red and black snaky tentacles, and then
+the thing is dragged out by main strength and dashed down upon the
+rocks, to be struck with waddies or stones until the spear can be
+withdrawn. Everything, it is said, has its use in this world, and the
+octopus is eminently useful to the Australian line fisherman, for the
+bream, trevally, flathead, jew-fish, and the noble schnapper dearly love
+its tough, white flesh, especially after the creature has been held over
+a flame for a few minutes, so that the mottled skin may be peeled off.
+
+But treacherous and murderous Thug of the Sea as he is, the octopus has
+one dreaded foe before whom he flees in terror, and compresses his body
+into the narrowest and most inaccessible cleft or endeavours to bury
+himself in the loose, soft sand--and that foe is the orange-coloured or
+sage-green rock eel. Never do you see one of these eels in the open
+water; they lie deep under the stones or twine their lithe, slippery
+bodies among the waving kelp or seaweed. Always hungry, savage-eyed, and
+vicious, they know no fear of any living thing, and seizing an octopus
+and biting off tentacle after tentacle with their closely-set,
+needle-like teeth and swallowing it whole is a matter of no more moment
+to them than the bolting of a tender young mullet or bream. In vain does
+the Sea Thug endeavour to enwrap himself round and round the body of one
+of these sinuous, scaleless sea-snakes and fasten on to it with his
+terrible cupping apparatus of suckers--the eel slips in and out and
+"wolfs" and worries his enemy without the slightest harm to itself.
+Some of them are large--especially the orange-coloured variety--three or
+four feet in length, and often one will raise his snaky head apparently
+out of solid rock and regard you steadily for a moment. Then he
+disappears. You advance cautiously to the spot and find a hole no larger
+than the circumference of an afternoon tea cup, communicating with the
+water beneath. Lower a baited hook with a strong wire snooding, and
+"Yellowskin" will open wide his jaws and swallow it without your feeling
+the slightest movement of the line. But you must be quick and strong of
+hand then, or you will never drag him forth, for slippery as he is he
+can coil his length around a projecting bit of rock and defy you for
+perhaps five or ten minutes; and then when you do succeed in tearing him
+away and pull him out with the hook buried deep in his loose, pendulous,
+wrinkled and corduroyed throat, he instantly resolves himself into a
+quivering Gordian knot, winding the line in and about his coils and
+knotting it into such knots that can never be unravelled.
+
+Here and there you will see lying buried deep in the growing coral, or
+covered with black masses of _congewoi_ such things as iron and copper
+bolts, or heavy pieces of squared timber, the relics of the many wrecks
+that have occurred on the bar--some recent, some in years long gone by.
+Out there, lying wedged in between the weed and kelp-covered boulders,
+only visible at low water, are two of the guns of the ill-fated
+_Wanderer_, a ship, like her owner, famous in the history of the
+colony. She was the property of a Mr. Benjamin Boyd, a man of flocks and
+herds and wealth, who founded a town and a great whaling station on the
+shores of Twofold Bay, where he employed some hundreds of men, bond and
+free. He was of an adventurous and restless disposition, and after
+making several voyages to the South Seas, was cruelly cut off and
+murdered by the cannibal natives of Guadalcanar in the Solomon Islands,
+in the "fifties." The captain, after beating off the savages, who,
+having killed poor Boyd on shore, made a determined attempt to capture
+the ship, set sail for Australia, and in endeavouring to cross in over
+the bar went ashore and became a total wreck. Here is a description
+written by Judge McFarland of the _Wanderer_ as she was in those days
+when Boyd dreamed a dream of founding a Republic in the South Sea
+Islands with his wild crew of Polynesians and a few white fellow
+adventurers:--
+
+"She was of 240 tons burthen; very fleet, and had a flush deck; and her
+cabins were fitted up with every possible attention to convenience, and
+with great elegance; and had she been intended as a war craft, she could
+scarcely have been more powerfully armed, for she carried four brass
+deck-guns--two six-pounders and two four-pounders--mounted on carriages
+resembling dolphins, four two-pounder rail guns--two on each side--and
+one brass twelve-pounder traversing gun (which had seen service at
+Waterloo)--in all thirteen serviceable guns. Besides these, there were
+two small, highly-ornamented guns used for firing signals, which were
+said to have been obtained from the wreck of the _Royal George_ at
+Spithead. There were also provided ample stores of round shot and grape
+for the guns, and a due proportion of small arms, boarding pikes,
+tomahawks, &c."
+
+Half a mile further on, and we are under the Signal Hill, and standing
+on one side of a wide, flat rock, through which a boat passage has been
+cut by convict hands, when first the white tents of the soldiers were
+seen on the Barrack Hill. And here, at this same spot, more than a
+hundred years ago, and thirty before the sound of the axe was first
+heard amid the forest or tallow-woods and red gum, there once landed a
+strange party of sea-worn, haggard-faced beings--six men, one woman, and
+two infant children. They were the unfortunate Bryant party--whose
+wonderful and daring voyage from Sydney to Timor in a wretched,
+ill-equipped boat, ranks second only to that of Bligh himself. For Will
+Bryant, an ex-smuggler who was leader, had heard of Bligh's voyage in
+the boat belonging to the _Bounty_; and fired with the desire to escape
+with his wife and children from the famine-stricken community on the
+shores of Port Jackson, he and his companions in servitude stole a small
+fishing-boat and boldly put to sea to face a journey of more that three
+thousand miles over an unknown and dangerous ocean. A few weeks after
+leaving Sydney they had sighted this little nook when seeking refuge
+from a fierce north-easterly gale, and here they remained for many days,
+so that the woman and children might gain strength and the seams of the
+leaking boat be payed with tallow--their only substitute for oakum.
+Then onward they sailed or rowed, for long, long weary weeks, landing
+here and there on the coast to seek for water and shell-fish, harried
+and chased by cannibal savages, suffering all the agonies that could be
+suffered on such a wild venture, until they reached Timor, only by a
+strange and unhappy fate to fall into the hands of the brutal and
+infamous Edwards of the _Pandora_ frigate, who with his wrecked ship's
+company, and the surviving and manacled mutineers of the _Bounty_, who
+had surrendered to him, soon afterwards appeared at the Dutch port.
+Bryant, the daring leader, was so fortunate as to die of fever, and so
+escaped the fate in store for his comrades. 'Tis a strange story indeed.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+At the end of the point of brown, rugged rocks which form a natural
+breakwater to this tiny boat harbour, the water is deep, showing a pale
+transparent green at their base, and deep inpenetrable blue ten fathoms
+beyond. To-day, because it is mid-winter, and the wind blows from the
+west, the sea is clearer than ever, and far down below will be discerned
+lazily swimming to and fro great reddish-brown or bright blue groper,
+watching the dripping sides of the rock in hope that some of the active,
+gaily-hued crabs which scurry downwards as you approach may fall in--for
+the blue groper is a _gourmet_, disdaining to eat of his own tribe, and
+caring only for crabs or the larger and more luscious crayfish. Stand
+here when the tide is high and the surf is sweeping in creamy sheets
+over the lower ledges of rocks; and as the water pours off torrent-like
+from the surface and leaves them bare, you may oft behold a huge
+fish--aye, or two or three--lying kicking on its side with a young
+crayfish in its thick, fleshy jaws, calmly waiting for the next sea to
+set him afloat again. Brave fellows are these gropers--forty, fifty, up
+to seventy pounds sometimes, and dangerous fish to hook in such a place
+as this, where a false step may send a man headlong into the surf below
+with his line tangled round his feet or arms. But on such a morning as
+this one might fall overboard and come to no harm, for the sea is
+smooth, and the kelp sways but gently to the soft rise and fall of the
+water, and seldom in these cold days of June does Jack Shark cruise in
+under the lee of the rocks. It is in November, hot, sweltering November,
+when the clinking sand of the shining beach is burning to the booted
+foot, and the countless myriads of terrified sea salmon come swarming in
+over the bar on their way to spawn in the river beyond, that he and his
+fellows and the bony-snouted saw-fish rush to and fro in the shallow
+waters, driving their prey before them, and gorging as they drive, till
+the clear waters of the bar are turned into a bloodied froth. At such a
+time as this it might be bad to fall overboard, though some of the local
+youths give but little more heed to the tigers of the sea than they do
+to the accompanying drove of harmless porpoises, which join in the
+onslaught on the hapless salmon.
+
+A mile eastward from the shore there rises stark and clear a great
+dome-shaped rock, the haunt and resting-place of thousands of
+snow-white gulls and brown-plumaged boobies. The breeding-place of the
+former is within rifle-shot--over there on that long stretch of
+banked-up sand on the north side of the bar, where, amid the shelter of
+the coarse, tufted grass the delicate, graceful creatures will sit three
+months hence on their fragile white and purple-splashed eggs. The
+boobies are but visitors, for their breeding-places are on the bleak,
+savage islands far to the south, amid the snows and storms of black
+Antarctic seas. But here they dwell together, in unison with the gulls,
+and were the wind not westerly you could hear their shrill cries and
+hoarse croaking as they wheel and eddy and circle above the lonely rock,
+on the highest pinnacle of which a great fish-eagle, with neck thrown
+back upon his shoulders and eyes fixed eastward to the sun, stands
+oblivious of their clamour, as creatures beneath his notice.
+
+Once round the southern side of the Signal Hill the noise of the bar is
+lost. Between the hill and the next point--a wild, stern-looking
+precipice of black-trap rock--there lies a half a mile or more of
+shingly strand, just such as you would see at Pevensey Bay or Deal, but
+backed up at high-water mark with piles of drift timber--great dead
+trees that have floated from the far northern rivers, their mighty
+branches and netted roots bleached white by the sun and wind of many
+years, and smelling sweet of the salty sea air. Mingled with the lighter
+bits of driftwood and heaps of seaweed are the shells of hundreds of
+crayfish--some of the largest are newly cast up by the sea, and the
+carapace is yellow and blue; others are burnt red by exposure to the
+sun; while almost at every step you crush into the thin backs and
+armoured tails of young ones about a foot in length, the flesh of which,
+by some mysterious process of nature, has vanished, leaving the skin,
+muscles, and beautiful fan-like tail just as fresh as if the crustaceans
+were alive. Just here, out among those kelp-covered rocks, you may, on a
+moonlight night, catch as many crayfish as you wish--three of them will
+be as much as any one would care to carry a mile, for a large,
+full-grown "lobster," as they are called locally, will weigh a good ten
+pounds.
+
+Once round the precipice we come to a new phase of coastal scenery. From
+the high land above us green scrub-covered spur after spur shoots
+downward to the shore, enclosing numerous little beaches of coarse sand
+and many coloured spiral shells--"Reddies" we boys called them--with
+here and there a rare and beautiful cowrie of banded jet black and
+pearly white. The sea-wall of rock has here but few pools, being split
+up into long, deep, and narrow chasms, into which the gentle ocean swell
+comes with strange gurglings and hissings, and groan-like sounds, and
+tiny jets of spray spout up from hundreds of air-holes through the
+hollow crust of rock. Here for the first time since the town was left,
+are heard the cries of land birds; for in the wild apple and rugged
+honeysuckle trees which grow on the rich, red soil of the spurs they are
+there in plenty--crocketts, king parrots, leatherheads, "butcher" and
+"bell" birds, and the beautiful bronze-wing pigeon--while deep within
+the silent gullies you constantly hear the little black scrub wallabies
+leaping through the undergrowth and fallen leaves, to hide in still
+darker forest recesses above.
+
+There are snakes here, too. Everywhere their sinuous tracks are visible
+on the sand, criss-crossing with the more defined scratchy markings of
+those of iguanas. The latter we know come down to carry off any dead
+fish cast ashore by the waves, or to seize any live ones which may be
+imprisoned in a shallow pool; but what brings the deadly brown and black
+snakes down to the edge of _salt_ water at night time?
+
+Point after point, tiny bay after bay, and then we come to a wider
+expanse of clear, stoneless beach, at the farther end of which a huge
+boulder of jagged, yellow rock, covered on the summit with a thick
+mantle of a pale green, fleshly-leaved creeper, bearing a pink flower.
+It stands in a deep pool about a hundred yards in circumference, and as
+like as not we shall find the surface of the water covered by thousands
+of green-backed, red-billed garfish and silvery mullet, whose very
+numbers prevent them from escaping. Scores of them leap out upon the
+sand, and lie there with panting gill and flapping tail. It is a great
+place for us boys, for here at low tides in the winter we strip off, and
+with naked hands catch the mullet and gars and silvery-sided trumpeters,
+and throw them out on the beach, to be grilled later on over a fire of
+glowing honeysuckle cobs, and eaten without salt. What boy does care
+about such a thing as salt at such times, when his eye is bright and his
+skin glows with the flush of health, and the soft murmuring of the sea
+is mingling in his ears with the thrilling call of the birds, and the
+rustling hum of the bush; and the yellow sun shines down from a glorious
+sky of cloudless blue, and dries the sand upon his naked feet; and the
+very joy of being alive, and away from school, is happiness enough in
+itself!
+
+For here, by rock and pool on this lonely Austral beach, it is good and
+sweet for man or boy to be, and, if but in utter idleness, to watch and
+listen--and think.
+
+
+
+
+_Solepa_
+
+
+The last strokes of the bell for evening service had scarce died away
+when I heard a footstep on the pebbly path, and old Pâkía, staff in hand
+and pipe dangling from his pendulous ear-lobe, walked quietly up the
+steps and sat down cross-legged on the verandah. All my own people had
+gone to church and the house was very quiet.
+
+"Good evening, Pâkía," I said in English, "how are you, old man?"
+
+A smile lit up the brown, old, wrinkled face as he heard my voice--for I
+was lying down in the sitting-room, smoking my after-supper pipe--as he
+answered in the island dialect that he was well, but that his house was
+in darkness and he, being lonely, had come over to sit with me awhile.
+
+"That is well, Pâkía, for I too am lonely, and who so good as thee to
+talk with when the mind is heavy and the days are long, and no sail
+cometh up from the sea-rim? Come, sit here within the doorway, for the
+night wind is chill; and fill thy pipe."
+
+He came inside as I rose and turned up the lamp so that its light shone
+full on his bald, bronzed head and deeply tatooed arms and shoulders.
+Laying down his polished staff of _temana_ wood, he came over to me,
+placed his hand on my arm, patted it gently, and then his kindly old
+eyes sought mine.
+
+"Be not dull of heart, _taka taina_.[1] A ship will soon come--it may be
+to-morrow; it must be soon; for twice have I heard the cocks crow at
+midnight since I was last here, three days ago. And when the cocks crow
+at night-time a ship is near."
+
+"May it be so, Pâkía, for I am weary of waiting. Ten months have come
+and gone since I first put foot on this land of Nukufetau, and a ship
+was to have come here in four."
+
+He filled his pipe, then drawing a small mat near my lounge, he squatted
+on the floor, and we smoked in silence, listening to the gentle lapping
+of the lagoon waters upon the inner beach and the beating, never-ceasing
+hum of the surf on the reef beyond. Overhead the branches of the palms
+swayed and rustled to the night-breeze.
+
+Presently, as I turned to look seaward, I caught the old man's dark eyes
+fixed upon my face, and in them I read a sympathy that at that time and
+place was grateful to me.
+
+"Six months is long for one who waits, Pâkía," I said. "I came here but
+to stay four months and trade for copra; then the ship was to call and
+take me to Ponapé, in the far north-west. And Ponapé is a great land to
+such a man as me."
+
+"_Etonu! Etonu!_ I know it. Thrice have I been there when I sailed in
+the whaleships. A great land truly, like the island called Juan
+Fernandez, of which I have told thee, with high mountains green to the
+summits with trees, and deep, dark valleys wherein the sound of the sea
+is never heard but when the surf beats hard upon the reef. Ah! a fine
+land--better than this poor _motu_, which is as but a ring of sand set
+in the midst of the deep sea. Would that I were young to go there with
+thee! Tell me, dost know the two small, high islands in the _ava_[2]
+which is called Jakoits? Hast seen the graves of two white men there?"
+
+"I know the islands well; but I have never seen the graves of any white
+men there. Who were they, and when did they die?"
+
+"Ah, I am a foolish old man. I forget how old I am. Perhaps, when thou
+wert a child in thy mother's arms, the graves stood up out of the
+greensward at the foot of the high cliff which faces to the south. Tell
+me, is there not a high wall of rock a little way back from the landing
+beach?... Aye!... that is the place ... and the bones of the men are
+there, though now great trees may grow over the place. They were both
+good men--good to look at, tall and strong; and they fought and died
+there just under the cliff. I saw them die, for I was there with the
+captain of my ship. We, and others with us, saw it all."
+
+"Who were they, Pâkía, and how came they to fight?"
+
+"One was a trader, whose name was Preston; he lived on the mainland of
+Ponapé, where he had a great house and oil store and many servants. The
+name of the other man was Frank. They fought because of a woman."
+
+"Tell me the story, Pâkía. Thou hast seen many lands and many strange
+things. And when ye come and sit and talk to me the dulness goeth away
+from me and I no longer think of the ship; for of all the people on this
+_motu_, to thee and Temana my servant alone do I talk freely. And Temana
+is now at church."
+
+The old man chuckled. "Aye, he is at church because Malepa, his wife, is
+so jealous of him that she fears to leave him alone. Better would it
+please him to be sitting here with us."
+
+I drew the mat curtain across the sitting-room window so that we could
+not be seen by prying eyes, and put two cups, a gourd of water, and some
+brandy on the table. Except my own man, Temana, the rest of the natives
+were intensely jealous of the poor old ex-sailor and wanderer in many
+lands, and they very much resented his frequent visits to me--partly on
+account of the occasional glass of grog which I gave him, and partly
+because he was suspected of still being a _tagata po-uriuri, i.e._, a
+heathen. This, however, he vigorously denied, and though Maréko, the
+Samoan teacher, was a kind-hearted and tolerant man for a native
+minister, the deacons delighted in persecuting and harassing the ancient
+upon every possible opportunity, and upon one pretext or another had
+succeeded in robbing him of his land and dividing it among his
+relatives; so that now in his extreme old age he was dependent upon one
+of his daughters, a woman who herself must have been past sixty.
+
+I poured some brandy into the cups; we clicked them together and said,
+"May you be lucky" to each other. Then he told me of Solepa.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"There were many whaleships came to anchor in the three harbours of
+Ponapé in those days. They came there for wood and water and fresh
+provisions, before they sailed to the cold, icy seas of the south. I was
+then a boat-steerer in an English ship--a good and lucky ship with a
+good captain. When we came to Ponapé we found there six other
+whaleships, all anchored close together under the shelter of the two
+islets. All the captains were friends, and the few white men who lived
+on shore were friends with them, and every night there was much singing
+and dancing on board the ships, for, as was the custom, every one on
+board had been given a Ponapé girl for wife as long as his ship stayed
+there; and sometimes a ship would be there a long time--a month perhaps.
+
+"The trader who lived in the big house was one of the first to come on
+board our ship; for the captain and he were good friends. They talked
+together on the poop deck, and I heard the trader say that he had been
+away to Honolulu for nearly a year and had brought back with him a young
+wife.
+
+"'Good,' said my captain, 'to-night I shall come ashore and drink
+_manuia!_[3] to ye both.'
+
+"The trader was pleased, and said that some of the other captains could
+come also, and that he had sent a letter to the other trader, Frank, who
+lived on the other side of the island, bidding him to come and greet the
+new wife. At these words the face of Stacey--that was my captain's name,
+became dark, and he said--
+
+"'You are foolish. Such a man as he is, is better away from thy
+house--and thy wife. He is a _manaia_, an _ulavale_[4]. Take heed of my
+words and have no dealings with him.'
+
+"But the man Preston only laughed. He was a fool in this though he was
+so clever in many other things. He was a big man, broad in the shoulders
+with the bright eye and the merry laugh of a boy. He had been a sailor,
+but had wearied of the life, and so he bought land in Ponapé and became
+a trader. He was a fair-dealing man with the people there, and so in
+three or four years he became rich, and bought more land and built a
+schooner which he sent away to far distant islands to trade for
+pearl-shell and _loli_ (beche-de-mer). Then it was that he went to
+Honolulu and came back with a wife.
+
+"That day ere it became dark I went on shore with my captain; some of
+the other captains went with us. The white man met them on the beach,
+surrounded by many of his servants, male and female. Some were of
+Ponapé, some from Tahiti, some from Oahu, and some from the place which
+you call Savage Island and we call Niué. As soon as the captains had
+stepped out upon the beach and I had bidden the four sailors who were
+with me to push off to return to the ship, the trader, seeing the
+tatooing on my arms, gave a shout.
+
+"'Ho,' he cried, turning to my captain, 'whence comes that boat-steerer
+of thine? By the markings on his arms and chest he should be from the
+isles of the Tokelau.'
+
+"My captain laughed. 'He comes from near there. He is of Nukufetau.'
+
+"Then let him stay on shore to-night, for there are here with me a man
+and a woman from Nanomaga; they can talk together. And my wife Solepa,
+too, will be well pleased to see him, for her mother was a Samoan, and
+this man can talk to her in her mother's tongue.'
+
+"'So I too went up to the house with the white men, but would not enter
+with them, for I was stripped to the waist and could not go into the
+presence of the lady. Presently the man and woman from Nanomaga sought
+me out and embraced me and made much of me and took me into another part
+of the house, where I waited till one of my shipmates returned from the
+ship bringing my jumper and trousers of white duck and a new Panama hat.
+Ta|pa|! I was a fine-looking man in those days, and women looked at
+me from the corner of the eye. And now--look at me now! I am like a
+blind fish which is swept hither and thither by the current against the
+rocks and sandbanks. Give me some more grog, dear friend; when I talk of
+the days of my youth my belly yearns for it, and I am not ashamed to
+beg.
+
+"Presently, after I had dressed myself, I was taken by the Nanomea man
+into the big room where Solepa, the white man's wife, was sitting with
+the white men. She came to me and took my hand, and said to me in Samoan
+_'Talofa, Pâkía, e ma|lolo| ea oe?'_[5] and my heart was glad; for
+it was long since I heard any one speak in a tongue which is akin to
+mine own.... Was she beautiful? you ask. Ta|pa|! All women are
+beautiful when they are young, and their eyes are full and clear and
+their voices are soft and their bosoms are round and smooth! All I can
+remember of her is that she was very young, with a white, fair skin, and
+dressed like the _papalagi_[6] women I have seen in Peretania and
+Ita|lia and in Chili and in Sydney.
+
+"As I stood before her, hat in hand and with my eyes looking downward,
+which is proper and correct for a modest man to do when a high lady
+speaks to him before many people, a white man who had been sitting at
+the far end of the room came over to me and said some words of greeting
+to me. This was Franka[7]--he whom my captain said was a _manaia_. He
+was better clothed than any other of the white men, and was proud and
+overbearing in his manner. He had brought with him more than a score of
+young Ponapé men, all of whom carried rifles and had cutlasses strapped
+to their waists. This was done to show the people of Jakoits that he was
+as great a man as Preston, whom he hated, as you will see. But Preston
+had naught for him but good words, and when he saw the armed men he bade
+them welcome and set aside a house for them to sleep in, and his
+servants brought them many baskets of cooked food--taro and yams, and
+fish, turtle, and pork. All this I saw whilst I was in the big room.
+
+"After I had spoken with the lady Solepa I returned to where the man
+from Nanomaga and his wife were awaiting me. They pressed me to eat and
+drink, and by and by sent for a young girl to make kava. Ta|pa|!
+that kava of Ponapé! It is not made there as it is in Samoa--where the
+young men and women chew the dried root and mix it in a wooden _tanoa_
+(bowl); there the green root is crushed up in a hollowed stone and but
+little water is added, so that it is strong, very strong, and one is
+soon made drunk.
+
+"The girl who made the kava for us was named Sipi. She had eyes like the
+stars when they are shining upon a deep mountain pool, and round her
+smooth forehead was bound a circlet of yellow pandanus leaf worked with
+beads of many colours and fringed with red parrakeet feathers; about her
+waist were two fine mats, and her bosom and hands were stained with
+turmeric. I sat and watched her beating the kava, and as her right arm
+rose and fell her short, black wavy hair danced about her cheeks and hid
+the red mouth and white teeth when she smiled at me. And she smiled at
+me very often, and the man and woman beside me laughed when they saw me
+regard her so intently, and asked me was it in my mind to have her for
+my wife.
+
+"I did not answer at once, for I knew that if I ran away from the ship
+for the sake of this girl I would be doing a foolish thing, for I had
+money coming to me when the ship was _oti folau_ (paid off). But, as I
+pondered, the girl bent forward and again her eyes smiled at me through
+her hair; and then it was I saw that on her head there was a narrow
+shaven strip from the crown backward. Now, in Tokelau, this fashion is
+called _tu tagita_, and showeth that a girl is in her virginity. When I
+saw this I was pleased, but to make sure I said to my friends, 'Her hair
+is _tu tagita_. Is she a virgin?'
+
+"The woman of Nanomaga laughed loudly at this and pinched my hand, then
+she translated my words to the girl who looked into my face and laughed
+too, shaking her head as she put one hand over her eyes--
+
+"'Nay, nay, O stranger,' she said, 'I am no virgin; neither am I a
+harlot. I am respectable, and my father and mother have land. I do not
+go to the ships.' Then she tossed her hair back from her face and began
+to beat the kava again.
+
+"Now, this girl pleased me greatly, for there were no twists in her
+tongue; so, when the kava-drinking was finished I made her sit beside
+me, and the Nanomaga woman told her I would run away from the ship if
+she would be my wife. She put her face to my shoulder, and then took
+the circlet from her forehead and bound it round my bared arm, and I
+gave her a silver ring which I wore on my little finger. Then, together
+with the Nanomaga man and his wife, we made our plans.... Ah! she was a
+fine girl. For nearly a year was she wife to me until she sickened and
+died of the _meisake elo_[8] which was brought to Ponapé by the
+missionary ship from Honolulu.
+
+"So the girl and I made our plans, and my friends promised to hide me
+when the time came for me to run away. We sat long into the night, and I
+heard much of the man called Franka and of the jealousy he bore to
+Preston. He was jealous of him because of two reasons; one was that he
+possessed such a fine house and so much land and a schooner, and the
+other was that the people of Jakoits paid him the same respect as they
+paid one of their high chiefs. So that was why Franka hated him. His
+heart was full of hatred, and sometimes when he was drunk in his own
+house at Ro|an Kiti he would boast to the natives that he would one
+day show them that he was a better man than Preston. Sometimes his
+drunken boastings were brought to the ears of Preston, who only laughed
+and took no heed, and always gave him the good word when they met, which
+was but seldom, for Jakoits and Kiti are far apart, and there was bad
+blood between the people of the two places. And then--so the girl Sipi
+afterwards told me--Franka was a lover of grog and a stealer of women,
+and kept a noisy house and made much trouble, and so Preston went not
+near him, for he was a quiet man and no drinker, and hated dissension.
+And, besides this, Franka took part in the wars of the Kiti people, and
+went about with a following of armed men, and such money as he made in
+trading he spent in muskets and powder and ball; for all this Preston
+had no liking, and one day he said to Franka, 'Be warned, this fighting
+and slaying is wrong; it is not correct for a white man to enter into
+these wars; you are doing wrong, and some day you will be killed.' Now
+these were good words, but of what use are good words to an evil heart?
+
+"So we pair sat talking and smoking, and the girl Sipi made us more
+kava, and then again sat by my side and leant her face against my
+shoulder, and presently we heard the sounds of music and singing from
+the big house. We went outside to see and listen, and saw that Preston
+was playing on a _pese laakau_[9] and Solepa and the captain of my ship
+were dancing together--like as white people dance--and two of the other
+captains were also dancing in the same fashion. All round the room were
+seated many of the high chiefs of Ponapé with their wives, dressed very
+finely, and at one end of the room stood a long table covered with a
+white cloth, on which was laid food of all kinds and wine and grog to
+drink--just as you would see in your own country when a rich man gives a
+feast. Presently as we looked, we saw Franka walk into the room from a
+side door and look about. His face was flushed, and he staggered
+slightly in his steps. He went over to the table and poured out some
+grog, and then beckoned to Preston to come and drink with him, but
+Preston smiled and shook his head. How could he go when he was making
+the music? Then Franka struck his clenched fist on the table in anger,
+and went over to Preston, just as the dancers had stopped.
+
+"'Why will ye not drink with me?' he said in a loud voice so that all
+heard him. 'Art thou too great a man to drink with me again?'
+
+"'Nay,' answered the other jestingly and taking no heed of Franka's rude
+voice and angry eyes, 'not so great that I cannot drink with all my
+friends tonight, be they white or brown,' and so saying he bade every
+one in the room come to the great table with him and drink _manuia_ to
+him and his young wife.
+
+"So the nine white men--Preston, and Franka, and the seven whaleship
+captains, and Nanakin, the head chief of Ponapé, and many other lesser
+chiefs, all gathered together around the table and filled their glasses
+and drank _manuia_ to the bride, who sat on a chair in the centre of the
+room surrounded by the chiefs' wives, and smiled and bowed when my
+captain called her name and raised his glass towards her. Then after
+this he again took up the _pese laakau_ and began to play, and my
+captain and Solepa danced again. Suddenly Franka pushed his way through
+the others and rudely placed his hand on her arm.
+
+"'Come,' he said, 'leave this fellow and dance with me.'
+
+"She cried out in terror, and then silence fell upon all as my captain
+withdrew his right arm from her waist and struck Franka on the mouth; it
+was a strong blow, and Franka staggered backwards and then fell near to
+the open door. As he rose to his feet again my captain came up to him
+and bade him leave quickly. 'We want no drunken bullies here,' he said,
+and at that moment Franka drew a pistol and pointed it at his chest. I
+leapt upon him and as we struggled together the pistol went off, but the
+bullet hurt no one.
+
+"Then there was a great commotion, and my captain and Preston ran to my
+aid and seized Franka. They dragged him out of the room, and with words
+of scorn and contempt threw him out amongst his own people who were
+gathered together outside the house, with their muskets in their hands.
+But already Nanakin and his chiefs had summoned their fighting men; they
+came running towards us from all directions, and surrounding Franka and
+his men, drove them away and bade them beware of ever returning to
+Jakoits.
+
+"When they had gone, my captain called me to him, and, turning to the
+other white men, said, 'This man hath saved my life. He hath a brave
+heart. I shall do much for him in the time to come.' Then he and the
+others all shook my hand and praised me, and I was silent and said
+nothing, for I was ashamed to think I was about to run away from such a
+good captain.
+
+"In the morning we went back to the ship, and the boats were then sent
+away to fill and bring off casks of water. Every time my boat went I
+took something with me; tobacco and clothing and other things which I
+had in my sea chest. Sipi and some other girls met us at the watering
+place, and they took these from me and put them in a place of safety.
+That afternoon as the boats were about to leave the shore for the last
+time, towing the casks, I slipped into the forest which grew very
+densely on both sides of the little river, and ran till I came to the
+spot where Sipi was awaiting me. Then together we went inland towards
+the mountains and kept on walking till nightfall. That night we slept in
+the forest; we were afraid to make a fire lest it should be seen by some
+of Nanakin's people and betray us, for I knew that my captain would
+cause a great search to be made for me. When dawn came we again set out
+and went on steadily till we came to the summit of the range of
+mountains which divides the island. There was a clear space on the side
+of the mountain; a great village had once stood there, so Sipi told me,
+but all those who had dwelt there had long since died, and their ghosts
+could be heard flitting to and fro at night time. Far below us we could
+see the blue sea, and the long waving line of reef with the surf beating
+upon it, and within, anchored in the green water, were the seven ships
+and Preston's schooner.
+
+"All that day and the next the girl and I worked at building a little
+house for us to live in until the ships had gone. We had no fear of any
+one seeking us out in that place, for it had a bad name and none but
+travelling parties from Ro|an Kiti ever passed there. Sipi had brought
+with her a basket of cooked food; in the deserted plantations we found
+plenty of bananas and yams, and in the stream at the foot of the valley
+we caught many small fish. Four days went by, and then one morning we
+saw the ships set their sails and go to sea. We watched them till they
+touched the sky rim and disappeared; then we went back to Jakoits.
+
+"The white man and Solepa were sitting under the shade of a tree in
+front of their house. I went boldly up to him and asked him to give me
+work to do. At first he was angry, for he and my captain were great
+friends, and said he would have naught to do with me. Why did I run away
+from such a good man and such a good ship? There were too many men like
+me, he said, in Ponapé, who had run away so that they might do naught
+but wander from village to village and eat and drink and sleep. Then
+again he asked why I had run away.
+
+"'Because of her,' I said, pointing to the girl Sipi, who was sitting at
+the gate with her face covered with the corner of her mat. 'But I am no
+_tafao vale_.[10] I am a true man. Give me work on thy ship.'
+
+"He thought a little while, then he and Solepa talked together, and
+Solepa bade Sipi come near so that she might talk to her. Presently he
+said to me that I had done a foolish thing to run away for the sake of
+the girl when I had money coming to me and when the captain's heart was
+filled with friendship towards me for turning aside Franka's pistol.
+
+"I bent my head, for I was ashamed. Then I said, 'I care not for the
+money I have lost, but I am eaten up with shame for running away, for my
+captain was a good captain to me.'
+
+"This pleased him, for he smiled and said, 'I will try thee. I will make
+thee boatswain of the schooner, and this girl here shall be servant to
+my wife.'
+
+"So Sipi became servant to Solepa, and I was sent on board the schooner
+to help prepare her for sea. My new captain gave us a house to live in,
+and every night I came on shore. Ah, those were brave times, and Preston
+made much of me when he found that I was a true man and did my work
+well, and would stand no saucy words nor black looks from those of the
+schooner's crew who thought that the boatswain should be a white man.
+
+"Ten days after the whaleships had sailed, the schooner was ready for
+sea. We were to sail to the westward isles to trade for oil and
+tortoiseshell, and then go to China, where Preston thought to sell his
+cargo. On the eve of the day on which we were to leave, the mate, who
+was an old and stupid Siamani,[11] went ashore to my master's house, and
+I was left in charge of the schooner. Sipi, my wife, was with me, and we
+sat together in the stern of the ship, smoking our _sului_ (cigarettes)
+and talking of the time when I should return and buy a piece of land
+from her father's people, on which I should build a new house. There
+were six native sailors on board, and these, as the night drew on,
+spread their mats on the fore deck and went to sleep. Then Sipi and I
+went into the cabin, which was on deck, and we too slept.
+
+"How long we had slumbered I cannot tell, but suddenly we were aroused
+by the sound of a great clamour on deck and the groans and cries of
+dying men, and then ere we were well awakened the cabin door was opened
+and Solepa was thrust inside. Then the door was quickly closed and
+fastened on the outside, and I heard Franka's voice calling out orders
+to hoist sails and slip the cable.
+
+"There was a lamp burning dimly in the cabin, and Sipi and I ran to the
+aid of Solepa, who lay prone upon the floor as if dead. Her dress was
+torn, and her hands and arms were scratched and bleeding, so that Sipi
+wept as she leant over her and put water to her lips. In a little while
+she opened her eyes, and when she saw us a great sob broke from her
+bosom and she caught my hand in hers and tried to speak.
+
+"Now, grog is a good thing. It is good for a weak, panting woman when
+her strength is gone and her soul is terrified, and it is good for an
+old man who is despised by his relations because he is bitten with
+poverty. There was grog in a wicker jar in the cabin. I gave her some in
+a glass, and then as the dog Franka, whose soul and body are now in
+hell, was getting the schooner under way, she told me that while she and
+Preston were asleep the house was surrounded by a hundred or more of
+men from Ro|an Kiti, led by Franka. They burst in suddenly, and Franka
+and some others rushed into their sleeping-room and she was torn away
+from her husband and carried down to the beach.
+
+"'Is thy husband dead?' I asked.
+
+"'I cannot tell,' she said in a weak voice. 'I heard some shots fired
+and saw him struggling with Franka's men. That is all I know. If he is
+dead then shall I die too. Give me a knife, so that I may die.'
+
+"As she spoke the schooner began to move, and again we heard Franka's
+voice calling out in English to some one to go forward and con the ship
+whilst he steered, for the night was dark and he, clever stealer of
+women as he was, did not know the passage out through the reef, and
+trusted to those with him who knew but little more. Then something came
+into my mind, and I took Solepa's hand in mine.
+
+"'I will save thee from this pig Franka,' I said quickly, 'he shall
+never take thee away. Sit ye here with Sipi, and when ye hear the
+schooner strike, spring ye both into the sea and swim towards the two
+islands which are near.'
+
+"In the centre of the deck cabin was a hatch which led into the hold.
+There was no deck between, for the vessel was but small. I took my knife
+from the sheath and then lifted the hatch, descended, and crawled
+forward in the darkness to the fore hatch, up which I crept very
+carefully, for I had much in my mind. I saw a man standing up, holding
+on to the fore stay. He was calling out to Franka every now and then,
+telling him how to steer. I sprang up behind him, and as I drove my
+knife into his back with my left hand, I struck him with my right on his
+neck and he fell overboard. He was a white man, I think for when my
+knife went into his back he called out 'Oh Christ!' But then many native
+men who have mixed with white people call out 'Oh, Christ,' just like
+white men when they are drunk. Anyway, it does not matter now.
+
+"But as I struck my knife into him, I called out in English to put the
+helm hard down, for I saw that the schooner was very near the reef on
+the starboard hand. Franka, who was at the wheel, at once obeyed and was
+fooled, for the schooner, which was now leaping and singing to the
+strong night wind from the mountains smote suddenly upon the coral reef
+with a noise like the felling of a great forest tree, and began to grind
+and tear her timbers.
+
+"Almost as she struck Solepa and Sipi stood by me, and together we
+sprang overboard into the white surf ... Give me some more grog, dear
+friend of my heart. I am no boaster, nor am I a liar; but when I think
+of that swim to the shore through the rolling seas with those two women,
+my belly cleaves to my backbone and I become faint.... For the current
+was against us, and neither Sipi nor Solepa were good swimmers, and many
+times had we to clutch hold of the jagged coral, which tore our skins so
+that our blood ran out freely, and had the sharks come to us then I
+would not be here with thee to-night drinking this, thy good sweet grog
+which thou givest me out of thy kind heart. Ta|pa|! When I look
+into thy face and see thy kind eyes, I am young again. I love thee, not
+alone because thou hast been kind to me in my poverty and paid the fines
+of my granddaughter when she hath committed adultery with the young men
+of the village, but because thou hast seen many lands and have upheld me
+before the teacher, who is a circumcised but yet untatooed dog of a
+Samoan. A man who is not tatooed is no better than a woman. He is a male
+harlot and should be despised. He is only fit to associate with women,
+and has no right to beget children....
+
+"We three swam to the shore, and when the dawn came we saw that the
+schooner stood high and dry on the reef and that Franka and his men were
+trying to float her by throwing overboard the iron ballast and putting a
+kedge anchor out upon the lee side of the reef. And at the same time we
+saw three boats put off from the mainland. These boats were all painted
+white, and when I saw them I said to Solepa, 'Be of good heart. Thy
+husband is not dead, for here are three of his boats coming. He is not
+dead. He is coming to seek thee.'"
+
+"The three boats came quickly towards the schooner, but ere they reached
+her Franka and those with him got into the boats in which they had
+boarded the vessel, and then we saw smoke arise from the bow and
+stern.... They had set fire to the ship. They were cowards. Fire is a
+great help to cowards, because in the glare and dazzling light of
+burning houses or ships, when the thunder of cannons and the rattle of
+rifles is heard, they can run about and kill people.... I have seen
+these things done in Chili.... I have seen men who would not stand and
+fight on board ship run away on shore and slay women and children in
+their fury and cowardice. No, they were not Englishmen; they were
+Spaniolas. But the officers were Englishmen and Germans. _They_ did not
+run away, they were killed. Brave men get killed and cowards live. I am
+no coward though I am still alive. It is quite proper that I should
+live, for I never ran away when there was fighting to be done. I have
+only been a fool because of my love for women. No one could say I was a
+coward, and no one can say I am a fool, because I am too old now to be a
+fool.
+
+"As Franka and those with him left the burning schooner and rowed
+towards the islands, the three boats from the shore changed their course
+and followed him. Franka and his men were the first to reach the land,
+and they quickly ran up the beach and crouched behind the bushes which
+grew at high-water mark. They all had guns, and Sipi and Solepa and I
+saw them waiting to shoot. We were hiding amid the roots of a great
+banyan tree, and could see well. As the boats drew near Solepa watched
+them eagerly, and then began to weep and laugh at the same time when she
+saw her husband Preston was steering the one which led. She was a good
+woman. She loved her husband. I was pleased with her, and told her to be
+of good cheer, for I was sure that Preston and his people would kill
+Franka and those with him, for as they rowed they made no noise. No one
+shouted nor challenged; they came on and on, and the white man Preston
+stood up with the steer oar in his hand, and his face was as a stone in
+which was set eyes of fire. When his boat was within twenty fathoms of
+the beach the rowers ceased, and he held up his hand to those who
+awaited his coming.
+
+"'Listen to me, men of Ro|an Kiti. We are as three to one of ye, and
+ye are caught in a trap. Death is in my mouth if I speak the word. Tell
+me, is my wife Solepa alive?'
+
+"No one answered, but suddenly Franka stepped out from behind the bushes
+and pointed his rifle at him, and was about to pull the trigger when a
+young man of his party who was of good heart seized him by the arm, and
+cried out 'twas a coward's act; then two or three followed him, and
+together they bore Franka down upon the sand; and one of them cried out
+to Preston--
+
+"'This is a wrong business. We were led astray by this man. We are no
+cowards, and have no ill-will to thee. Thy wife is alive. She swam
+ashore with two others when the ship struck. Are we dead men?'
+
+"Then, ere Preston could answer, Solepa leapt out from beneath the
+banyan tree and ran through the men of Ro|an Kiti towards the beach,
+and cried--
+
+"'Oh, my husband, for the love of God let no blood be shed! I am well
+and unharmed. Spare these people and spare even this man Franka, for he
+is mad!'
+
+"Then Preston leapt out of the boat and put his arms around her waist
+and kissed her, and then put her aside, and called to every one around
+him--
+
+"'These are my words,' he said. 'I am a man of peace, but this man
+Franka is a robber and a dog, and hath stolen upon me in the night and
+slain my people, and his hands are reddened with blood. And he hath put
+foul dishonour on me by stealing Solepa my wife, and carrying her away
+from my house as if she were a slave or a harlot. And there is no room
+here for such a man to live unless he be a better man than I. But I am
+no murderer. So stand aside all! Let him rise and rest awhile, and then
+shall we two fight, man to man. Either he or I must die.'
+
+"Then many men of both sides came to him and said, 'Let this thing be
+finished. You are a strong man. Take this robber and slay him as you
+would slay a pig.' But he put them aside, and said he would fight him
+man to man, as Englishmen fought.
+
+"So when Franka was rested two cutlasses were brought, and the two men
+stood face to face on the sand. I kept close to Franka, for I meant to
+stab him if I could, but Preston angrily bade me stand back. Then the
+two crossed their swords together and began to fight. It was a great
+fight, but it did not last long, for Preston soon ran his sword through
+Franka's chest. I saw it come out through his back. But as he fell and
+Preston bent over him he thrust his cutlass into Preston's stomach and
+worked it to and fro. Then Preston fell on him, and they died together.
+
+"There was no more bloodshed. Solepa and Sipi and I dressed the dead man
+in his best clothes, and the Ro|an Kiti men dressed Franka in his
+best clothes, and a great funeral feast was made, and we buried them
+together on the little island. And Solepa went back again to Honolulu in
+a whaleship. She was young and fair, and should have soon found another
+husband. I do not know. But Sipi was a fine wife to me."
+
+
+
+
+_The Fisher Folk of Nukufetau_
+
+Early one morning, about a week after I had settled down on Nukufetau as
+a trader, I opened my chest of fishing-gear and began to overhaul it. In
+a few minutes I was surrounded by an eager and interested group of
+natives, who examined everything with the greatest curiosity.
+
+Now for the preceding twelve months I had been living on the little
+island of Nanomaga, a day's sail from Nukufetau; and between Nanomaga
+and Nukufetau there was a great bitterness of long standing--the
+Nanomagans claimed to be the most daring canoe-men and expert fishermen
+in all the eight isles of the Ellice Group, and the people of Nukufetau
+resented the claim strongly. The feeling had been accentuated by my good
+friend the Samoan teacher on Nanomaga, himself an ardent fisherman,
+writing to his brother minister on Nukufetau and informing him that
+although I was not a high-class Christian I was all right in all other
+respects, and a good fisherman--"all that he did not know we have taught
+him, therefore," he added slyly, "let your young men watch him so that
+they may learn how to fish in deep and rough water, such as ours."
+These remarks were of course duly made public, and caused much
+indignation, neither the minister nor his flock liking the gibe about
+the deep, rough water; also the insinuation that anything about fishing
+was to be learnt from the new white man was annoying and uncalled for.
+
+I must here mention that the natives of De Peyster's Island (Nukufetau)
+caught all the fish they wanted in the smooth and spacious waters of the
+lagoon, and were not fond of venturing outside the barrier reef, except
+during the bonito season, or when the sea was very calm at night, to
+catch flying-fish. Then, too, the currents outside the reef were swift
+and dangerous, and the canoes had either to be carried a long distance
+over the coral or paddled a couple of miles across the lagoon to the
+ship passage before the open sea was gained. Hudson's Island
+(Nanomaga)--a tiny spot less than four miles in circumference--had no
+lagoon, and all fishing was done in the deep water of the ocean. The
+natives were used to launching their canoes, year in and year out, to
+face the wildest surf, and were, in consequence, wonderfully expert, and
+in the history of the island there is only one instance of a man having
+been drowned. The De Peyster people, by reason of the advantage of their
+placid lagoon, had no reason to risk their lives in the surf in this
+manner, and so, naturally enough, they were not nearly as skilful in the
+management of their frail canoes when they had to face a sweeping sea on
+the outer or ocean reef.
+
+Just as I was placing some coils of heavy, deep-sea lines upon the
+matted floor, Marèko the native teacher, fat, jovial, and
+bubbling-voiced, entered in a great hurry, and hardly giving himself
+time to shake hands with me, announced in a tone of triumph, that a body
+of _atuli_ (baby bonito) had just entered the passage and were making
+their way up the lagoon.
+
+In less than ten seconds every man, woman, and child on the island,
+except the teacher and myself, were agog with excitement and bawling and
+shouting as they rushed to the beach to launch and man the canoes, the
+advent of the _atuli_ having been expected for some days. In nearly all
+the equatorial islands of the Pacific these beautiful little fish make
+their appearance every year almost to a day, with unvarying regularity.
+They remain in the smooth waters of lagoons for about two weeks,
+swimming about in incredible numbers, and apparently so terrified of
+their many enemies in their own element, and the savage, keen-eyed
+frigate birds which constantly assail them from above, that they
+sometimes crowd into small pools on the inner reef, and when the tide is
+low, seek to hide themselves by lying in thick masses under the
+overhanging ledges of coral rock. Simultaneously--or at least within a
+day or two at most--the swarming millions of _atuli_ are followed into
+the lagoons by the _gatala_--a large black and grey rock-cod (much
+esteemed by the natives for the delicacy of its flavour) and great
+numbers of enormous eels. At other times of the year both the _gatala_
+and the eels are never or but rarely seen inside the lagoons, but are
+occasionally caught outside the reef at a good depth--forty to sixty
+fathoms. As soon, however, as the young bonito appear, both eels and
+rock-cod change their normal habits, and entering the lagoons through
+the passages thereto, they take up their quarters in the deeper
+parts--places which are fringed by a labyrinthine border of coral
+forest, and are at most ten fathoms deep. Here, when the _atuli_ are
+covering the surface above, the eels and rock-cod actually rise to the
+surface and play havoc among them, especially during moonlight nights,
+and in the daytime both rock-cod and eels may be seen pursuing their
+hapless prey in the very shallowest water, amidst the little pools and
+runnels of the coral reef. It is at this time that the natives of
+Nukufetau and some other islands have some glorious sport, for in
+addition to the huge eels and rock-cod many other deep-sea fish flock
+into the shallower lagoon waters--all in pursuit of the _atuli_--and all
+eager to take the hook.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+As soon as the natives had left the house, Marèko turned to me with a
+beaming smile. "Let them go on first and net some _atuli_ for us for
+bait," he said, "you and I shall follow in my own canoe and fish for
+_gatala_. It will be a great thing for one of us to catch the first
+_gatala_ of the season. Yesterday, when I was over there," pointing to
+two tiny islets within the lagoon, "I saw some _gatala_. The natives
+laugh at me and say I am mistaken--that because the _atuli_ had not come
+there could be no _gatala_. Now, _I_ think that the big fish came in
+some days ago, but the strong wind and current kept the _atuli_ outside
+till now. Come."
+
+I needed no pressing. In five minutes I had my basket of lines (of white
+American cotton) ready, and joined Marèko. His canoe (the best on the
+island, of course) was already in the water and manned by his two sons,
+boys of eight and twelve respectively. I sat for'ard, the two youngsters
+amidships, the father took the post of honour as _tautai_ or steersman,
+and with a chuckle of satisfaction from the boys, off we went in the
+wake of about thirty other canoes.
+
+Oh, the delight of urging a light canoe over the glassy water of an
+island lagoon, and watching the changing colours and strange, grotesque
+shapes of the coral trees and plants of the garden beneath as they
+vanish swiftly astern, and the quick _chip, chip_ of the flashing
+paddles sends the whirling, noisy eddies to right and left, and frights
+the lazy, many-hued rock-fish into the darker depths beneath! On, on,
+till the half mile or more of shallow water which covers the inner reef
+is passed, and then suddenly you shoot over the top of the submarine
+wall, into deepest, loveliest blue, full thirty fathoms deep, and as
+calm and quiet as an infant sleeping on its mother's bosom, though
+perhaps not a quarter of a mile away on either hand the long rollers of
+the Pacific are bellowing and thundering on the grim black shelves of
+the weather coast.
+
+So it was on this morning, but with added delights and beauties; as
+instead of striking straight across the lagoon to our rendezvous we had
+to skirt the beaches of a chain of thickly wooded islets, which gave
+forth a sweet smell, mingled with the odours of _nono_ blossoms; for
+during the night rain had fallen after a long month of dry weather, and
+Nature was breathing with joy. High overhead there floated some
+snow-white tropic birds--those gentle, ethereal creatures which, to the
+toil-spent seaman who watches their mysterious poise in illimitable
+space, seem to denote the greater Mystery and Rest that lieth beyond all
+things; and lower down, and sweeping swiftly to and fro with steady,
+outspread wing and long, forked tail, the fierce-eyed, savage frigate
+birds scanned the surface of the water in search of prey, and then
+finding it not, rose without apparent motion to the cloudless canopy of
+blue and became as but tiny black specks--and then, _swish_! and the
+tiny black specks which but a minute ago were high in heaven are
+flashing by your cheeks with a weird, whistling sound like winged
+spectres. You look for them. They are gone. Already they are a thousand
+feet overhead. Five of them. And all five are as motionless as if they,
+with their wide, outspread wings, had never moved from their present
+position for a thousand years.
+
+"Chip, chip," and "chunk, chunk," go our paddles as we now head eastward
+towards the rising sun in whose resplendent rays the tufted palms of the
+two islets stand clearly out, silhouetted against the sea rim beyond.
+Now and again we hear, as from a long, long distance, the echoes of the
+voices of the people in the canoes ahead; a soft white mist began to
+gather over and then ascend from the water, and as we drew near the
+islets the occasional thunder of the serf on Motuluga Reef we heard
+awhile ago changed into a monotonous droning hum.
+
+"_Aue_!" said Marèko the _tautai_, with a laugh, as he ceased paddling
+and laid his paddle athwartships, "'tis like to be a hot day and calm.
+So much the better for our fishing, for the water will be very clear.
+Boy, give me a coconut to drink."
+
+"Take some whisky with it, Marèko," I said, taking a flask out of my
+basket.
+
+"_Isa_! Shame upon you! How can you say such a thing to me, a minister!"
+And then he added, with a reproachful look, "and my children here, too."
+He would have winked, but he dared not do so, for one of his boys had
+turned his face aft and was facing him. I, however, made him a hurried
+gesture which he quite understood. Good old Marèko! He was an honest,
+generous-hearted, broad-minded fellow, but terribly afraid of his
+tyrannical deacons, who objected to him smoking even in the seclusion of
+his own curatage, and otherwise bullied and worried him into behaving
+exactly as they thought he should.
+
+By the time we reached the islets the _atuli_ catching had begun, and
+more than a hundred natives were encircling a considerable area of water
+with finely-meshed nets and driving the fish shoreward upon a small
+sandy beach, where they were scooped up in gleaming masses of shining
+blue and silver by a number of women and children, who tumbled over and
+pushed each other aside amidst much laughter and merriment.
+
+On the larger of the two islets were a few thatched huts with open
+sides. One of these was reserved for the missionary and the white man,
+and hauling our canoe up on the beach at the invitation of the people,
+we sat down under a shed whilst the women grilled us some of the
+freshly-caught fish. This took barely over ten minutes, as fires had
+already been lighted by the children. The absence of bread was made up
+for by the flesh of half-grown coconuts and cooked _puraka_--gigantic
+species of taro which thrives well in the sandy soil of the Equatorial
+islands of the Pacific. Just as we had finished eating and were
+preparing our lines we heard loud cries from the natives who were still
+engaged among the _atuli_, and three or four of them seizing spears
+began chasing what were evidently some large fish. Presently one of them
+darted his weapon, and then gave a loud cry of triumph, as he leapt into
+the water and dragged out a large salmon-like fish called "utu", which
+was at once brought ashore for my inspection. The man who had struck
+it--an active, wiry old fellow named Viliamu (William) was panting with
+excitement. Some large _gatala_, he said, had just made their appearance
+with the _utu_ and were pursuing the small fish; therefore would we
+please hurry forward with our preparations. Then the leader of the
+entire party stood up and bellowed out in bull-like tones his
+instructions. The canoes were all to start together, and when the ground
+was reached all lines were to be lowered simultaneously; there was to be
+no crowding. The white man and missionary, however, if they wished,
+could start first and make a choice of position.
+
+"No, no," I said, "let us all start fair."
+
+This was greeted with a chorus of approval, and then leaving the women
+and children to attend to the camp, we hurried back to the canoes. Just
+as we were leaving the hut I had a look at the _utu_--a fish I had never
+before seen. It was about three feet in length, and only for its head
+(which was coarse and clumsy) much like a heavy salmon. The back was
+covered with light green scales, the sides and belly a pure silver, and
+the fins and tail tipped with yellow. It weighed about 20 lbs., and
+presented a very handsome appearance.
+
+The fishing-ground to which we were now paddling was not half a mile
+from the islets, and lay between them and the outer reef which formed
+its northern boundary. It consisted of a series of deep channels or
+connected pools running or situated amidst a network of minor reefs, the
+surfaces of which were, for the most part, bare at low water. Generally
+the depth was from eight to ten fathoms; in places, however, it was much
+deeper, and I subsequently found that there were spots whereon I could
+stand (on the coral ledge) and drop my line into chasms of thirty-two or
+thirty-three fathoms. Here the water was almost as blue to the eye as
+the ocean, and here the very largest fish resorted--such as the _pura_,
+a species of rock-cod, and a blue-scaled groper, the native name of
+which I cannot now recall.
+
+It must have been nearly ten o'clock when the canoes were all in
+position, and the word was given to let go lines. The particular spot in
+which we were congregated was about three acres in extent and about
+seven fathoms in depth, with water as clear as crystal; and even the
+dullest eye could discern the smallest pebble or piece of broken coral
+lying upon the bottom, which was generally composed of patches of coarse
+sand surrounded by an interlacing fringe of growing coral, or white,
+blue, or yellow boulders. A glance over the side showed us that the
+_gatala_ had arrived; we could see numbers of them swimming lazily to
+and fro beneath, awaiting the flowing tide which would soon cover the
+lagoon from one shore to the other with swarms of young bonito, as they
+swam about in search of such places as that in which we were now about
+to begin fishing.
+
+Each man had baited his hook with the third of an _atuli_--at this stage
+of their life about four inches long and exactly the colour and shape of
+a young mackerel--and within five minutes after "_Tu'u tau kafa_!"
+("Let go lines!") had been called out several of the canoes around our
+own began to pull up fish--four to six pounders. I was fishing with a
+white cotton line, with two hooks, and Marèko with the usual native
+gear--a hand-made line of hibiscus bark with a barbless hook made from a
+long wire nail, with its point ground fine and well-curved inwards. We
+both struck fish at the same moment, and I knew by the zigzag pull that
+I had two. Up they came together--three spotted beauties about eighteen
+inches in length and weighing over 5 lbs. each. Then I found the
+advantage of the native style of hook; Marèko simply put his left thumb
+and forefinger into the fish's eye, had his hook free in a moment, had
+baited, lowered again and was pulling up another before I had succeeded
+in freeing even my first hook which was firmly fixed in the fish's
+gullet, out of sight. I soon put myself on a more even footing by
+cutting off the small one and a half inch hooks I had been using and
+bending on two thick and long-shanked four inchers. These answered
+beautifully, as although the barbs caused me some trouble, their stout
+shanks afforded a good grip and leverage when extracting them from the
+hard and keen-toothed jaws of the struggling fish. Then, too, I had
+another advantage over my companions; I was wearing a pair of seaboots
+which effectually protected my feet from either the terrible fins or the
+teeth of the fish in the bottom of the canoe.
+
+I had caught my eighth fish, when an outcry came from a canoe near us,
+as a young man who was seated on the for'ard thwart rose to his feet and
+began hauling in his line, which was standing straight up and down, taut
+as an iron bar, the canoe meanwhile spinning round and round although
+the steersman used all his efforts to keep her steady.
+
+"What is it, Tuluia?" called out fifty voices at once. "A shark?"
+
+"My mother's bones!" said old Viliamu with a laugh of contempt. "'Tis an
+eel, and Tuluia, who was asleep, has let it twist its tail around a
+piece of coral. May he lose it for his stupidity."
+
+We all ceased fishing to watch, and half a dozen men began jeering at
+the lad, who was too excited to heed them. Old Viliamu, who was in the
+next canoe, looked down, and then cried out that he could see the eel,
+which had taken several turns of its body around a thick branch of
+growing coral.
+
+"His head is up," he called out to the youth, "but you cannot move him,
+he has too many turns in and out among the coral." Then paddling up
+alongside he again looked at the struggling creature, then felt the line
+which was vibrating with the tension. Stepping out of his own craft into
+that of the young man, the line was placed in his hands without an inch
+of it being payed out, for once one of these giant eels can get his head
+down he will so quickly twine the line in and out among the rugged coral
+that it is soon chafed through, if of ordinary thickness. But the
+ancient knew his work well, as we were soon to see. Taking a turn of the
+line well up on his forearm and grasping it with his right a yard lower
+down, he waited for a second or two, then suddenly bent his body till
+his face nearly touched the water, then he sprang erect and with
+lightning-like rapidity began to haul in hand _under_ hand [12] amid
+loud cries of approval as the wriggling body of the eel was seen
+ascending clear of the coral. The moment it reached the surface, a
+second native, with unerring aim sent a spear through it and then a blow
+or two upon the head with a club carried for the purpose took all
+further fight out of the creature, which was then lifted out of the
+water and dropped into the canoe. Here the end of its tail was quickly
+split open and we saw no more of him for the time being.
+
+To capture an eel so soon was looked upon as a lucky omen, to have lost
+it would have been a presage of ill-fortune for the rest of the day, and
+the incident put every one in high good humour. By this time the tide
+was flowing over the flatter parts of the reef and young bonito could be
+seen jumping out of the water in all directions. Immense bodies were, so
+I was assured by the natives, now coming into the lagoon from the sea,
+and would continue to do so till the tide turned, when those in the
+passage, unable to face a six-knot current, would be carried out again,
+to make another attempt later on.
+
+By this time every canoe was hauling in large rock-cod almost as quick
+as the lines could be baited, and the bottom of our own craft presented
+a gruesome sight--a lather of blood and froth and kicking fish, some of
+which were over 20 lbs. weight. Telling the two boys to cease fishing
+awhile and stun some of the liveliest, I unthinkingly began to bale out
+some of the ensanguined water, when a score of indignant voices bade me
+cease. Did I want to bring all the sharks in the world around us? I was
+asked; and old Viliamu, who was a sarcastic old gentleman, made a mock
+apology for me--
+
+"How should he know any better? The sharks of Tokelau have no teeth,
+like the people there, for they too are eaters of _fala_."
+
+This evoked a sally of laughter, in which of course I joined. I must
+explain that the natives of the Tokelau Group, among whom I had lived,
+through constantly chewing the tough drupes of the fruit of the _fala_
+(pandanus palm) wear out their teeth prematurely, and are sometimes
+termed "toothless" by other natives of the South Pacific. However, I was
+to have my own little joke at Viliamu's expense later on.
+
+Just at this time a sudden squall, accompanied by torrents of rain, came
+down upon us from the eastward, and whilst Marèko and his boys kept us
+head to wind--none of the canoes were anchored--I took the opportunity
+of getting ready two of my own lines, each treble-hooked, for the boys.
+Their own were old and rotten, and had parted so often that they were
+now too short to be of use, and, besides that, the few remaining hooks
+of soft wire were too small. As soon as the squall was over I showed
+Marèko what I had done. He nodded and smiled, but said I should try and
+break off the barbs--his boys did not understand them as well as
+native-made hooks. This was quickly accomplished with a heavy knife, and
+the youngsters began to haul up fish two and three at a time at such a
+rate that the canoe soon became deep in the water outside and very full
+inside.
+
+"A few more, Marèko," I said, "and then we'll go ashore, unload, and
+come back again. I want to tease that old man."
+
+We caught all we could possibly carry in another quarter of an hour, and
+I was confident that our take exceeded that of any other canoe. This was
+because the natives would carefully watch their stone sinkers descend,
+and use every care to keep them from being entangled in the coral,
+whilst my line, which had a 12 oz. leaden sinker, would plump quickly to
+the bottom in the midst of the hungry fish; consequently, although I
+lost some hooks by fouling and now and then dragged up a bunch of coral,
+I was catching more fish than any one else. And I was not going to let
+my reputation suffer for the sake of a few hooks. So we coiled up our
+lines on the outrigger platform, and taking up our paddles headed
+shoreward, taking care to pass near Viliamu's canoe. He hailed me and
+asked me for a pipe of tobacco.
+
+"I shall give it to you when we return," I said.
+
+"When you return! Why, where are you going?" he asked.
+
+"On shore, you silly old woman! I have been showing these boys how to
+fish for _gatala_, and we go because the canoe is sinking. When we
+return these two _tamariki_ (infants) shall show _you_ how to fish now
+that they have learnt from me."
+
+There was a loud laugh at this, and as the old man took the jest very
+good-naturedly I brought up alongside, showed him our take, and gave him
+a stick of tobacco. The astonishment of himself and his crew of three at
+the quantity of fish we had afforded me much satisfaction, though I
+could not help feeling that our luck was not due to my own skill alone.
+
+Returning to the islets we were just in time to escape two fierce
+squalls, which lasted half an hour and raised such a sea that the
+remaining canoes began to follow us, as they were unable to keep on the
+ground. During our absence the women and children had been most
+industrious; the weather-worn, dilapidated huts had been made habitable
+with freshly-plaited _kapaus_--coarse mats of green coconut leaves, the
+floors covered with clean white pebbles, sleeping mats in readiness, and
+heaps of young drinking nuts piled up in every corner, whilst outside
+smoke was arising from a score of ground ovens in which taro and puraka
+were being cooked, together with bundles of _atuli_ wrapped in leaves.
+
+Etiquette forbade Marèko and myself counting our fish until the rest of
+the party returned, although the women had taken them out of the canoe
+and laid them on the beach, where the pouring rain soon washed them
+clean and showed them in all their shining beauty. Among them were two
+or three parrot-fish--rich carmine, striped with bands of bright yellow,
+boneless fins, and long protruding teeth in the upper jaw showing out
+from the thick, fleshy lips; and one _afulu_--a species of deep-water
+sand mullet with purple scales and yellow fins.
+
+Whilst awaiting the rest of the canoes I drew the teacher into our hut
+and pressed him to take some whisky. He was wet, cold, and shivering,
+but resolutely declined to take any. "I should like to drink a little,"
+he said frankly, "but I must not. I cannot drink it in secret, and yet I
+must not set a bad example. Do not ask me, please. But if you like to
+give some to the old men do so, but only a very little." I did do so. As
+soon as the rest of the party landed I called up four of the oldest men
+and gave each of them a stiff nip. They were all nude to the waist, and
+like all Polynesians who have been exposed to a cold rain squall, were
+shivering and miserable. After each man had taken his nip and emitted a
+deep sigh of satisfaction I observed that hundreds of old white men
+saved their lives by taking a glass of spirits when they were wet
+through--they had to do so by the doctor's orders.
+
+"That is true," said one old fellow; "when men grow old, and the rain
+falls upon them it does not run off their skins as it would from the
+smooth skins of young men. It gets into the wrinkles and stays there.
+But when the belly is warmed with grog a man does not feel the cold."
+
+"True," I said gravely, as I poured some whisky out for myself; "true,
+quite true, my dear friends. And in these islands it is very bad for an
+old man to be exposed to much rain. That is why I am disturbed in my
+mind. See, there is Marèko, your minister. He, like you, is old; he is
+wet and cold. And he shivers. And he will not take a mouthful of this
+_rom_ because he fears scandal. Now if he should become ill and die I
+should be a disgraced man. This _rom_ is now not _rom_; it is medicine.
+And Marèko should take some even as you have taken it--to keep away
+danger."
+
+The four old fellows arose to the occasion. They talked earnestly
+together for a minute, and then formed themselves into a committee,
+requested me to head them as a deputation with the whisky, and then
+waited upon their pastor, who was putting on a dry shirt in another hut.
+I am glad to say that under our united protests he at last consented to
+save his life, and felt much better.
+
+Presently the women announced that the ovens were ready to be opened. As
+soon as the fish were counted, and the rain having ceased, we all
+gathered round the canoes and watched each one emptied of its load. As I
+imagined, our party had taken the most fish, and not only the most, but
+the heaviest as well. Marèko added to my blushing honours by informing
+the company that as a fisherman and a knowledgable man generally I
+justified his brother minister's opinion and would prove an acquisition
+to the community. We then inspected the first eel caught, and a truly
+huge creature it was, quite nine feet in length, and in girth at its
+thickest part, as near as I could guess with a piece of line, thirty
+inches. The line with which it was caught was made of new four-stranded
+coir-cinnet, as thick as a stout lead pencil, and the hook a piece of
+3/6 or 1/2 inch iron with a 6-inch shank, once used as a fish spear,
+without a barb! The natives seemed much pleased at the interest
+displayed, and told me that sometimes these eels grew to _elua gafa_
+(_i.e._, two fathoms), but were seldom caught, and asked me if I had
+tackle strong enough for such. Later on I showed them a 27-stranded
+American cotton line 100 fathoms long, with a 4-inch hook, curved in the
+shank, as thick as a pencil, and "eyed" for a twisted wire snooding.
+They had never seen such beautiful tackle before, and were loud in their
+expressions of admiration, but thought the line too thin for a very
+heavy fish. I told them that at Nanomaga I had caught _palu_ (a
+nocturnal feeding fish of great size) in over sixty fathoms with that
+same line.
+
+"That is true," said one of them politely, "we were told that you and
+Tiaki (one Jack O'Brien, an old trader) of Funafuti have caught many
+_palu_ with your long lines; but the _palu_ is a weak fish even when he
+is a fathom long. And as he comes up he grows weaker and weaker, and
+sometimes he bursts open when he comes to the surface. Now if a big
+eel--an eel two fathoms long--"
+
+"If he was three fathoms long he could not break this line," I replied
+positively.
+
+They laughed and told me that when I hooked even a small eel, one half a
+fathom in length, I would change my opinion.
+
+Soon after our midday meal was over, and we were preparing to return to
+our fishing-ground with an ample supply of fresh bait, the sky to
+windward became black and threatening, and through the breaks in the
+long line of palms on the weather side of the island, which permitted
+the horizon to be viewed, we could see that a squall of unusual violence
+was coming. All the canoes were at once hauled up on the lee-side of the
+islets, the huts were secured by ropes as quickly as possible, and every
+one hurried under shelter. In a few minutes the wind was blowing with
+astonishing fury, and the air was full of leaves, sticks, and other
+_débris_, whilst the coco-palms and other trees on the islets seemed
+likely to be torn up by the roots. This lasted about ten minutes. Then
+came a sudden lull, followed by a terrific and deafening downpour of
+rain; then more wind, another downpour, and the sun was out again!
+
+As soon as the squall was over, I walked round to the weather side of
+the islet with some children. We found the beach covered with some
+thousands of _atuli_ and beautiful little garfish which had been driven
+on shore by the force of the wind. We were soon joined by women carrying
+baskets, which they filled with fish and carried back to the camp. On
+returning, we again launched the canoes and started off again--to meet
+with some disappointment, for although the _gatala_ still bit freely and
+several eels were also taken, some scores of the small, pestilent,
+lagoon sharks were swimming about and played havoc with our lines. These
+torments are from two to four feet in length, and their mouths, which
+are quite out of proportion to their insignificant size, are set with
+rows of teeth of razor-like keenness. The moment a baited hook was seen
+one of these little wretches would dart at it like lightning, and
+generally bit the line through just above the hook. So quick were they,
+that one could seldom even feel a tug unless the hook got fast in their
+jaws. Taking off my sinker, and bending on a big hook with a wire snood,
+I abandoned myself to their destruction, and as fast as I hauled one
+alongside it was stunned, cut into three or four pieces, and thrown
+overboard to be devoured by its fellows. Many of the Ellice and Tokelau
+islanders regard these young sharks as a delicacy, as their flesh is
+very tender, and has not the usual unpleasant smell. In one of these
+young sea lawyers we found no less than five hooks, with pieces of line
+attached; these were duly restored to their owners.
+
+Another two hours passed, during which we had fairly good sport, then
+the rain began to fall so heavily that we gave up for the day. We spent
+the first part of the evening in the huts, eating, smoking, and talking,
+and overhauling our tackle for the next day. It had been intended that
+about midnight we should all go crayfishing in the shallow waters along
+the shore of the islets, but this idea had to be abandoned in
+consequence of the rain having soaked the coco palms--the dead branches
+of which are rolled and plaited into a cylindrical form and used as
+torches. The method of catching crayfish is very simple: a number of
+men, each carrying a _kaulama_ torch about 6 feet in length in the left
+hand, and a small scoop net in the right, walk waist-high through the
+water; the crayfish, dazed by the brilliant light, are whipped up into
+the nets and dropped into baskets carried by the women and children who
+follow. They can only be caught on dark, moonless nights.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+When we returned to the village our spoils included besides a great
+number of fish, a few turtle and some young frigate birds. The latter
+were captured for the purpose of being tamed. I made many subsequent
+visits to the two islets, sometimes alone and sometimes with my native
+friends, and on each occasion I left these lovely little spots with a
+keen feeling of regret, for they are ideal resting-places to him who
+possesses a love of nature and the soul of a fisherman.
+
+
+
+
+_Mrs. MacLaggan's "Billy"_
+
+
+When Tom Denison was quite a young man he was earning a not too
+dishonest sort of a living as supercargo of a leaky old ketch owned by
+Mrs. Molly MacLaggan of Samoa, which in those days was the Land of
+Primeval Wickedness and Original and Imported Sin, Strong Drink, and
+Loose Fish generally. Captain "Bully" Hayes also lived in Samoa; his
+house and garden adjoined that of Mrs. MacLaggan, and at the back there
+was a galvanised iron cottage, inhabited by a drunken French carpenter
+named Leger, whose wife was a full-blooded negress, and made kava for
+Denison and "Bully" every evening, and used to beat Billy MacLaggan on
+the head with a pole about six times a day, and curse him vigorously in
+mongrel Martinique French. Billy MacLaggan was Mrs. Molly's male goat,
+and as notorious in Samoa as Bully Hayes himself.
+
+I want to try and tell this story as clearly as possible, but there are
+so many people concerned, and so many things which really happened
+together, though each one seemed to come before the other a little and
+try and get into the general jumble, and every one was so confused,
+some fatuous people blaming the goat, and some Denison, who was
+generally disliked by the Germans, while Mrs. Molly said it was caused
+by the man with the bucket of milk, and Captain Hayes who had bribed him
+to do it, and nearly caused bloodshed, as the German officer who was
+insulted by Hayes had shot a lot of people in duels, or if he had not
+shot them he had stuck his sword into them in fifteen places, more or
+less.
+
+Now let me explain: First of all there was Mrs. Molly, who was the
+hostess; then there was Hamilton, the Apia pilot and his wife; the
+manager of the big German firm at Matafale (he wore gold spectacles, and
+was very fond of Mrs. Molly, who was a widow); then there was Bully
+Hayes, and old Coe the American consul, and young Denison; all these
+were some of the local guests, and lived in Samoa, the rest were
+officers from a German man-of-war lying in port, and the usual
+respectable town loafers. Then there were Leger, the bibulous carpenter;
+'_Liza,_ his black wife; a white policeman named Thady O'Brien, and a
+loafing scoundrel of a Samoan named Mataiasi, called "Matty" for
+brevity, who was the public flogger, and milked Mrs. MacLaggan's herd of
+seven imported Australian cows; and lastly the goat, and about thirty or
+forty of Bully Hayes's crew, and as many Samoans, who came to look at
+the dancing and see what they could steal, Leger and his wife and the
+policeman and the town flogger had charge of the refreshment tables,
+which for the sake of coolness had been laid out upon the wide, back
+verandah, and handsomely decorated with pot plants and flags from the
+man-of-war, and blanc-manges and jellies, and tipsy cake, and cold roast
+pigeons and chickens were lying around as if they weren't worth two
+cents.
+
+The big wholesale store, which formed part of Mrs. Molly's house and
+establishment, made a fine ballroom. All the barrels of whisky and
+Queensland rum, and the cases of lager beer and Holland's gin, had been
+stowed neatly on each side, and covered over with flags and orange
+blossoms by Denison and Bully Hayes and his men, and the orange blossoms
+killed the smell of the rum so much that strangers would have thought it
+was sherry.
+
+Everything went on beautifully for the first two hours, and then Mrs.
+Molly asked Denison to take out a very pretty young half-caste lady and
+get her a drink of milk. When they reached the side table where the milk
+should have been, they found it all gone; but O'Brien the policeman said
+that Mataiasi had just started off to milk another cow.
+
+Just then Hayes came out to the refreshment tables with a lady on his
+arm. She was thirsty, and so "Bully" opened a large bottle of champagne,
+and she and he and Denison and the young half-caste lady drank it; then
+they drank another, and all went oft together to see Mataiasi milking
+the cow, which was tied up to a coconut tree just outside the fence. The
+cow was a yellow cow, and was standing very quietly, and just beside her
+Billy MacLaggan (who caused all this trouble) was lying down, working
+his jaws to and fro and making curious, snorting sounds in the bright
+and gorgeous moonlight. I forgot to say that Wm. MacLaggan was the
+largest and ugliest goat ever known to the memory of man, and had been
+taught every vice and wickedness any goat could be taught, and it is as
+natural for a goat to imbibe sin as it is for him to eat a cactus, or a
+hedgehog, or a tract.
+
+Hayes addressed the goat by his Christian name, and asked him how he
+did, and Billy looked at Hayes for a second or two out of his green,
+sharky eyes, then he rose in a dignified manner, and came over to him to
+be scratched under the chin. Then he blew himself out, snorted, and
+rubbed his horns against the captain's knee: and Hayes remarked to
+Denison that the poor beggar wanted a drink, and proposed to give him a
+"proper one."
+
+The goat knew perfectly well what "drink" meant, and made his vicious
+tail quiver; then he followed them back to the house, and stood at the
+foot of the steps waiting for Hayes and Tom to come out again.
+
+On the other side of the courtyard was Mrs. MacLaggan's laundry. The
+door was wide open and the place was in darkness, and no one took any
+notice when presently Tom sauntered out of the ballroom, picked up a
+large plateful of tipsy-cake, and, being kind to animals, gave a piece
+to William, who followed him into the laundry for the rest; then Hayes
+came in with a quart bottle of champagne, shut the door and struck a
+light. Then he opened the bottle of fizz and poured it out into a deep,
+enamelled starching-dish, and Billy MacLaggan drank thereof, and then
+raised his head, with his immoral-looking beard hanging in a sodden
+point like a wet deck-swab, and asked for more. That is, he asked as
+well as any Christian and civilised goat could ask, by standing up on
+his hind legs like a circus-horse and making strange, unearthly noises.
+Then he rammed his wicked old nose into the dish again, and pushed it
+all round the room, trying to sop up more liquor, which wasn't there,
+and trod on Denison's canvas-slippered foot, and knocked over the little
+tin kerosene oil lamp which was standing on the floor, and when Hayes,
+with loud and blasphemous remarks grabbed at the ironing-blanket of the
+laundry-table to extinguish the flames, he pulled the table down on the
+top of Denison and himself and the goat and everything, for the blanket
+was nailed on at the four corners, and when he was down on his hands and
+knees, the goat being exceedingly alarmed and half-drunk, and smelling
+his own hair burning, put his head down and charged at the universe in
+general, or anything else he could hit, and he hit Hayes fair on the
+temple with a noise like a ship's mainmast going by the board; then the
+people outside burst in the door, and the creature, with a bull-like
+bellow, charged out among them, and landed his bony head into the
+stomach of Mataiasi, who was carrying the bucket of milk, and was afraid
+to put it down when he saw him coming; then in some way the handle of
+the iron bucket got on Billy MacLaggan's horns, which simply made him
+thirst for gore, for he thought he was being made fun of because he was
+in liquor. With the bucket swinging and clattering and banging around,
+he made a dash up on the verandah, among the pretty muslin-clad ladies
+and white-duck suited men, creating havoc and destruction, and smelling
+of kerosene and burnt hair and ancient goat, and uttering horrible,
+blood-curdling _bah-h-h-s_, till he got into the card-table corner, and
+mistaking the wide glass window for an open door, he promptly jumped
+through it, and fell with a shower of glass outside on to the verandah
+again, where Thady O'Brien and the fat German with the spectacles fell
+on him, and tried to hold him down, and the spectacles were ground into
+dust and otherwise damaged, and some of the ladies endeavouring to
+escape out of the hideous _mélée_ fell with him, and then the goat
+struggled to his feet with the bucket squashed flat against his
+forehead, and his horns covered with lace, and tulle, and bits of kid
+gloves, and planted one of his cloven forefeet into the shirt-front of a
+German officer, and smashed his watch. Then with another roar of
+defiance he burst through and disappeared into the wilderness at the
+back of Mrs. MacLaggan's garden, where he was followed by Leger, the
+drunken carpenter, and his wife, and nineteen Samoans, all armed with
+rifles. The army fired at him for two hours, and about midnight returned
+and reported him riddled with bullets, whereupon Mrs. Molly, who was a
+little hysterical at the awful mess and wreckage caused by the brute,
+thanked them and gave them ten dollars.
+
+Now it so happened that Billy MacLaggan was not killed at all, for about
+two o'clock in the morning, as Bully Hayes and Tom Denison were sitting
+on the verandah of the former's house at Matautu Point, drinking brandy
+and soda, and dabbing arnica bandages on their various contusions, Pilot
+Hamilton hailed them from the front gate. He had just left the dance
+with his wife, and was quite sober--for Samoa. He asked them to come on
+with him to his place, as Billy MacLaggan, he said, was lying down in
+Mrs. Hamilton's kitchen, and seemed poorly, and that he hoped Hayes
+would forgive the poor thing, which was only a dumb animal. So Hayes and
+Denison went and saw William, who was now sober and looked sorry. They
+dressed his wounds, and Tom Denison took him on board early in the
+morning, intending to take him to sea till the memory of his misdeeds
+had toned down a bit, for Billy was a great institution in Samoa, and
+had many friends. Hardly a white man in the place, no matter how hard up
+he was, but would stand Billy a bottle of lager or a chew of tobacco. (I
+forgot to mention that Billy would drink anything and chew anything,
+except cigarettes, at which he snorted with contempt.) Now Denison's
+little vessel was lying quite near the German man-of-war, and was to
+sail next day for the Solomons if the captain was sober, and he
+(Denison) had a lot of work to do to get the ship ready, and whilst he
+was poring over accounts in the cabin about noon, a boat ran alongside
+and Bully Hayes came into the cabin.
+
+"Where's Billy?" he said. "Quick, get him into my boat at once. There's
+a search-party coming on board, and the widow is going to give you the
+dirty kick-out, Tom Denison. There's been the devil to pay over that
+cursed goat, but I'm going to save his life all the same. But if she
+does sack you, you can come to me for a berth."
+
+Billy, who was placidly eating bananas on the main deck, was at once
+seized and hoisted over the side into Hayes's boat, which shoved off,
+leaving Hayes on board to explain things to Tom.
+
+It seemed that when the fat German manager--the man with spectacles--I
+mean the man who had the spectacles until Billy MacLaggan came in--the
+man who was courting Mrs. Molly--fell on the top of the goat, some other
+man trod on his face, and Leger (who was not sober enough to tell one
+person from another) said that he saw Tom Denison do it. Seven natives,
+male and female, swore that at the time alleged Tom was out on the beach
+bathing his crushed toe in the salt water, and using solemn British
+oaths; but Leger, who disliked Denison, who had once kicked him
+overboard violently for being drunk, not only stuck to the story, but
+said that Hayes and Tom had set the goat on fire on purpose to break up
+the dance and cause annoyance to the Germans present; also he vaguely
+hinted that they, Denison and Hayes, would have driven the seven cows
+into the ballroom but couldn't find them. Then Mrs. MacLaggan promised
+the fat man to sack Denison on the following morning, and at midnight,
+as I have said, word was brought in that Billy had been shot. But about
+ten in the morning Leger heard from some native that the goat was as
+well as ever, and on board Denison's vessel, and being a mean, spiteful
+little hound, off he trotted to the German manager, and said that
+Captain Hayes and Mr. Denison had rescued the creature. At that very
+moment the manager was talking to some German officers, one of whom was
+the man whose watch had been smashed, and as every German in Samoa hated
+Hayes most fervently, it was at once concluded that Hayes had trained,
+or suborned, or bribed, or corrupted the goat to do it. So a young
+lieutenant went and called upon Hayes, and demanded satisfaction for his
+friend, and Hayes was exceedingly rude to him, but said that if the man
+with the broken watch liked to meet Billy MacLaggan with his own
+weapons, and fight him in a goatsmanlike manner, for fifty dollars a
+side, he (Hayes) would put up Billy's fifty. Then the lieutenant asked
+for a written apology for his friend, and Hayes said that Billy couldn't
+write, and, anyway, he was Mrs. Molly's goat. If the man with the
+smashed nickel wanted an apology, why the blazes didn't he approach Mrs.
+MacLaggan? he asked.
+
+Whilst Hayes was telling all this to Tom, pulling his thick beard and
+laughing loudly, as they paced the little vessel's deck, the
+search-party came on board to recover the goat. The leader bore a letter
+from Mrs. MacLaggan to Tom, informing him that his services as
+supercargo were no longer required, also that he could come ashore at
+once and be paid off, as his conduct was heartless, and the consuls said
+it might lead to serious complications, as it had been done with intent
+to insult the citizens of a friendly nation, one of whom, as he was
+aware, had made the natives cut down the price of copra half a cent.
+Under these circumstances, &c.
+
+Tom grinned and showed the letter to Hayes. Then he turned to the mate.
+
+"I've got the sack, Waters. You're in charge of this rotten, filthy old
+hooker now until the old man is sober."
+
+He packed up his traps, went ashore, drew his money from Mrs.
+MacLaggan's cashier, and bade him goodbye.
+
+"Where's the goat, Tom?"
+
+"On board Bully Hayes' ship. His crool, crool mistress shall see him no
+more! Never more shall his plaintive call to his nannies resound o'
+nights among the sleeping palm-groves of the Vaisigago Valley;
+never----"
+
+The cashier jumped up out of his chair and seized the dismissed
+supercargo by the collar.
+
+"Stop that bosh, you rattlebrained young ass, and come and take a
+farewell drink."
+
+"Never more will he butt alike the just and the unjust, the fat and
+bloated German merchant nor the herring-gutted Yankee skipper, nor the
+bare--ah--um--legged Samoan, nor the gorgeous consul in the solar topee.
+Gone is the glory of Samoa with Billy MacLaggan. Goodbye for the
+present, Wade, old man--I am not so proud of my new dignity--I am to be
+supercargo of the brig _Rona_--as to refuse to drink with you, though
+you are but a cashier. And give my farewell to the widow, and tell her
+that I bear her no ill-will, for I leave a dirty little tub of a
+cockroach-infested ketch for a swagger brig, where I shall wear white
+suits every day and feel that peace of mind which--"
+
+"Oh, do dry up, you young beggar," said the good-natured cashier, whose
+laughter proved so infectious that Tom joined in.
+
+"Come then, Wade, just another ere we part."
+
+Now as these two were drinking in the cashier's office it happened that
+Thady O'Brien, the policeman (he was chief of the municipal police, and
+fond of drink) saw them, and invited himself to join them and also to
+express his sorrow at Denison's "misfortune," as he called it, for
+Denison was a lovable sort of youth, and often gave him drink on board.
+So they all sat down, Wade in the one chair, and Tom and the policeman
+on the table, and had several more drinks, and just then Mrs. MacLaggan
+came to the door, holding a note in her hand. She bowed coldly to Tom,
+whose three stiff drinks of brandy enabled him to give her a reproachful
+glance.
+
+"Captain Hayes wants to buy one or two of the nanny-goats, to take away
+with him to Ponapé, Mr. Wade," she said. "I shall be glad to let him
+have them. Please tell Leger and Mataiasi to catch them at once."
+
+Then Mrs. MacLaggan went away, and Tom and O'Brien went down to the
+jetty to wait for a boat to take them on board--Tom to his duty, and
+O'Brien because he was thirsty again. Presently Leger and Mataiasi and a
+large concourse of native children came down, carrying two female goats,
+who, imagining they were to be cast into the sea, began to cry with
+great violence, and were immediately answered in a deep voice by Billy
+MacLaggan from over the water, whereupon Leger started to run off and
+tell Mrs. MacLaggan that Billy was alive, and on board the _Rona_, and
+Denison put out his foot and tripped him, and was at once assailed by
+Leger's black wife, who hit him on the head with a stick, and then
+herself was pushed backwards off the jetty into the water by Mr.
+O'Brien, taking several children and one of the goats with her, and in
+less than two minutes there was as pretty a fight as ever was seen.
+Several native police ran to help their superior officer, and a lot of
+dogs came with them; the dogs bit anybody and everybody
+indiscriminately, but most of them went for Leger and Denison, who were
+lying gasping together on the jetty, striving to murder each other; then
+a number of sailors belonging to a whaleship joined in, and tried to
+massacre or otherwise injure and generally maltreat the policemen, and
+by the time the boat from the _Rona_ came to the rescue the jetty looked
+like a battlefield, and one goat was drowned, and the new supercargo was
+taken on board to have his excoriations attended to, for he was in a
+very bad state.
+
+That is the end of the story, which I have told in a confused sort of
+away, I admit, because there are so many things in it, though I could
+tell a lot more about the adventures of Billy MacLaggan, after he went
+to sea with Captain Bully Hayes.
+
+
+
+
+_An Island Memory_
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+
+From early dawn wild excitement had prevailed in the great native
+village on the shores of Port Lele, and on board two ships which were
+anchored on the placid waters of the land-locked harbour. As the fleecy,
+cloud-like mist which, during the night, had enveloped the forest-clad
+spurs and summit of Mont Buache, was dispelled by the first airs of the
+awakened trade wind and the yellow shafts of sunrise, a fleet or canoes
+crowded with natives put off from the sandy beach in front of the king's
+house, and paddled swiftly over towards the ships, the captains of which
+only awaited their arrival to weigh and tow out through the passage.
+
+As the mist lifted, Cayse, the master of the _Iroquois_ of Sagharbour,
+stepped briskly up on the poop, and hailed the skipper of the other
+vessel, a small, yellow-painted barque of less than two hundred tons.
+
+"Are you ready, Captain Ross?"
+
+"All ready," was the answer; "only waiting for the military," and then
+followed a hoarse laugh.
+
+Cayse, a little, grizzled, and leathern-faced man of fifty, replied by
+an angry snarl, then turned to his mate, who stood beside him awaiting
+his orders.
+
+"Get these natives settled down as quickly as possible, Mr. North, then
+start to heave-up and loose sails. I reckon we'll tow out in an hour.
+The king will be here presently in his own boat. Hoist it aboard."
+
+North nodded in silence, and was just moving on to the main deck, when
+Cayse stopped him.
+
+"You don't seem too ragin' pleased this mornin', Mr. North, over this
+business. Naow, as I told you yesterday, I admire your feelin's on the
+subject, but I can't afford--"
+
+The mate's eyes blazed with anger.
+
+"And I tell you again that I won't have anything to do with it. I know
+my duty, and mean to stick to it. I shipped for a whaling voyage, and
+not to help savages to fight. Take my advice and give it up. Money got
+in this way will do you no good."
+
+Cayse shifted his feet uneasily.
+
+"I can't afford to sling away the chance of earnin' two or three
+thousan' dollars so easy. An' you'll hev to do your duty to me. Naow,
+look here--"
+
+North raised his hand.
+
+"That will do. I have said I will do my duty as mate, but not a hand's
+turn will I take in such bloody work as you and the skipper of that
+crowd of Sydney cut-throats and convicts are going into for the sake of
+six thousand dollars."
+
+"Well, I reckon we can do without you. Any one would think we was going
+piratin', instead of helping the king of this island to his rights.
+Naow, just tell me--"
+
+Again the mate interrupted him.
+
+"I am going for'ard to get the anchor up, and will obey all your orders
+as far as the working of the ship is concerned--nothing more."
+
+An hour later the two vessels, their decks crowded with three hundred
+savages, armed with muskets, spears, and clubs, were towed out through
+the narrow, reef-bound passage, and with the now freshening trade wind
+filling their sails, set a course along the coast which before sunset
+would bring them to Leassé, on the lee side of the island. But
+presently, in response to a signal from the _Lucy May_, the whaler lay
+to; a boat put off from the smaller ship, and Captain Ross came
+alongside, clambered over the bulwarks and joined Cayse and the young
+king of Port Lele, who were awaiting him on the poop, to discuss with
+him the plan of surprise and slaughter of the offending people of
+Leassé.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Nearly a week before the _Iroquois_ had run into Port Lele to refresh
+before proceeding westward and northward to the Bonin Islands in
+pursuance of her cruise. Charlik, the king, was delighted to see Cayse,
+for in the days when his father was king the American captain had
+conveyed a party of one hundred Strong's Islanders from Port Lele to
+MacAskill's Island, landed them in his boats during the night, and stood
+off and on till daylight, when they returned reeking from their work of
+slaughter upon the sleeping people, and bringing with them some scores
+of women and children as captives. For this service the king had given
+Cayse half a ton of turtle-shell, and the services of ten young men as
+seamen for as long a time as the _Iroquois_ cruised in the Pacific on
+that voyage. When Charlik's father was dying, he called his head chiefs
+around him, and gave the boy into their care with these words--"Here die
+I upon my mat like a woman, long before my time, and to-morrow my spirit
+will hear the mocking laughs of the men of Môut and Leassé, when they
+say, 'Sikra is dead; Sikra was but an empty boaster.'"
+
+Then his son spoke.
+
+"Not many days shall they laugh. They shall be destroyed all, all, all
+of them."
+
+The king touched his son's hand.
+
+"Those are good words. But be not too hasty. Wait till the American
+comes again. He will help with his men and guns. But he is a greedy man.
+Yet spare nothing; give him all the silver and gold money I have stored
+by for his return, and all the turtle-shell that can be gathered
+together. And let there be not even one little child left in Môut or
+Leassé."
+
+Charlik was a lad or seventeen when his savage old father died, and for
+a year after his death he harried and distressed his people by his
+exactions. All day long the men toiled at making coconut oil, and at
+night time they watched along the beaches for the hawk-bill turtle; the
+oil they put into huge butts, which stood in the king's boat-sheds, and
+the costly turtle-shell was taken by the young ruler and locked up in
+the seamen's chests which lined the inside wall of the great
+council-house. And no man durst now fire a musket at a wild pig, for
+powder and ball had been made _tapu_--such things were given up to the
+chiefs, lest they might be wasted, and every morning three young men
+climbed up the rugged side of Mont Buache, to keep a look-out for the
+ship whose captain would help their master to wreak a bloody vengeance
+upon the rebellious people of Leassé.
+
+At the end of the sixteenth month of watching, a sail appeared coming
+from the southward, and the watchers on the mountain-top sped down to
+the king's house, and sinking upon their knees in the courtyard of coral
+slabs, whispered their news to one of the king's serving-men, who, with
+a musket in his hand and a cutlass girt around his naked waist, stood
+sentry before the youthful despot's sleeping-room.
+
+"Good," said the king to Kanka, his head chief; "'tis surely the
+American Késa,[13] for this is the month in which he said he would
+return. Let the women make ready a great feast, and launch my three
+boats, so that if the wind fail, when the sun is high, they may help to
+drag the ship into Lele."
+
+Then came the sound of beating drums, and the long, mournful note of the
+conch-shells calling the wild people together to prepare for the ship.
+Turtle were lifted from their walled-in prison holes on the reef, hogs
+were strangled, and the king's wives went hither and thither among his
+slave women, bidding them hasten to kindle the ovens, whilst children
+went out into the great canework cage, wherein were hundreds of the
+king's wild pigeons, and seizing the birds, began to pluck them alive.
+
+An hour passed. Charlik, sitting in a European chair, was watching the
+wild bustle and excitement around him in the courtyard, when his eye
+fell on the three messengers, who, with bent head and bended knees, were
+awaiting his further commands.
+
+Beckoning to a young, light-skinned woman, who stood near him, he bade
+her bring him three of his best pearl-shell bonito hooks. They were
+brought, and taking them from her, he threw them to the men.
+
+"Ye have watched well," he said. "There is thy reward. Now go and eat
+and sleep."
+
+With eyes sparkling with pleasure, the young men each took up his
+precious gift, and with crouching forms crept slowly over to the further
+side of the courtyard, where they were waited upon by women with food.
+
+Presently the fair young woman--his sister Sè--returned to her brother's
+side.
+
+"The ship is near," she said, and then her voice faltered; "but it is
+not the ship of Késa. It is but a small ship, and she hath but two
+boats. Késa's had five."
+
+"What lies are these?" said the young savage fiercely. "Go look again."
+
+The girl left him, to return a few minutes later with grey-headed old
+Kanka, who in response to an inquiring look from his master, bent his
+head and said slowly--
+
+"'Tis a strange ship--one that never before have we seen in Lele."
+
+The youth made him no answer. He merely raised his arm and pointed his
+finger at the three messengers.
+
+"Then they have lied to me. Bring them here to me."
+
+Kanka stepped over to where the fated men were sitting. They rose at his
+behest, and crept over to the king; behind them, at some invisible sign
+given by him, followed a man with a heavy club of _toa_ wood. The
+clamour which had filled the courtyard ceased, and terrified silence
+fell. One by one the messengers knelt upon the coral flags--no need for
+them to ask for mercy from Charlik, the savage son of a bloodstained
+father. The bearer of the club held the weapon knob downward, and
+watched the king's face for the signal of death. He nodded, and then,
+one after another of the men were struck and fell prone upon the stones.
+With scowling eyes Charlik regarded them for a moment or two in silence,
+then he turned unconcernedly away, as some of his slaves came forward
+and carried the bodies out of sight.
+
+Suddenly he sprang to his feet, as a loud, long cry, first from a single
+throat, and then echoed and reechoed by a hundred more, came upward from
+the beach.
+
+"A ship! A ship! Another ship! The ship of Késa!"
+
+Bidding his sister and the old chief Kanka to come with him, Charlik
+quickly left the house, and walking through a grove of breadfruit trees,
+reached a spot from where he had a full view of the open sea. There
+right in the passage was a small barque; and, almost within hail, and
+just rounding the northern horn of the reef was a larger vessel, one
+glance at which told Charlik that it was the American whaler for which
+he had so long waited. In less than an hour they were at anchor abreast
+of the king's house, and the two captains were being rowed ashore. They
+met on the beach. The master of the smaller vessel was a tall,
+broad-shouldered man, armed with a pair of pistols and a cutlass.
+Striding over the sand he held out his hand to the American.
+
+"Good day. My name's Ross, barque _Lucy May_, of Sydney, from the New
+Hebrides to Hong Kong with sandalwood."
+
+"Glad to meet ye. My name is Cayse, ship _Iroquois_, bound on a sperm
+whalin' cruise."
+
+Further speech was denied them, for suddenly the thronging and excited
+natives around them drew aside right and left as Charlik, with a face
+beaming with smiles, came up to Cayse with outstretched hand, and
+greeted him warmly in English. Then he turned quickly to the Englishman
+and shook hands with him also, and asked him from whence he came.
+
+"From Sydney. I came here to get wood, water, and provisions."
+
+"Good. You can get all you want. Have you muskets and bullets to sell?"
+
+"I can spare you some."
+
+"Ah, that is good. I want plenty, plenty. Now come to my house and eat
+and drink; then we can talk."
+
+It was well on towards sunset before Charlik and Cayse had finished
+their talk. Ross meanwhile had gone on board the barque for some
+firearms which he was giving the king in exchange for several boatloads
+of provisions. When he returned, with two of his crew carrying six
+muskets, a keg of powder, and a bag of bullets, Cayse met him on the
+threshold of the king's house.
+
+"Come inside, mister. The king wants to talk to you on a matter of
+business. I reckon you an' me together can do what he wants done. But
+jest come along with me first. I want to show you the kind of fellow he
+is when he gets upset."
+
+The master of the sandalwooder followed the American across the wide
+courtyard to some native houses. Stopping in front of one, from which
+the low murmur of women's voices, broken now and then by a wailing cry,
+proceeded, he desired Ross to look in through the doorway. A small fire
+of coconut shells was burning in the centre of the room, and _by_ its
+light Ross saw several women crouched round the bodies of three men,
+performing the last offices for the dead. They looked at the white
+strangers with apathetic indifference, but ceased their labours whilst
+Ross bent down and examined the still faces. His scrutiny was brief,
+but it was enough.
+
+Cayse gave a sniggering laugh. "I reckon you'll feel sorter startled,
+mister, when I tell you that you were the cause of those men getting
+clubbed, hey?"
+
+Ross frowned angrily. "What are you driving at? What the devil had I to
+do with it?"
+
+"On'y this. You see I'm the white-headed boy with this young island
+cock, an' he's been expectin' to see the _Iroquois_ for quite a time.
+Your barque happened to heave in sight first, an' these three fellows
+who were standin' mast-head watch up thar on the mountain, came tearin'
+down an' reported that it was my old hooker. Charlik bein' a most
+impatient young fellow, had 'em clubbed on the spot; he should hev
+waited another five minutes. Come on, he's ready to talk business with
+us now."
+
+In the centre of the big council room Charlik, attended by his sister,
+was seated upon a mat. A couple of brightly burning ship's lanterns
+suspended from the beams overhead, revealed the figures of a score of
+armed natives, seated with their backs to the canework walls of the
+room; midway between them and the young king were two seamen's chests,
+beside which crouched the half-naked, tatooed form or old Kanka.
+
+Followed by the sailors carrying the muskets, the two captains walked
+over the soft, springy floor of mats, and seated themselves facing the
+young man. His eye lit up at the sight of the arms, and then he desired
+Ross to tell his men to withdraw. Then as the sound of their footsteps
+died away, he looked at Cayse and said briefly--
+
+"Go on, capèn. You talk."
+
+Cayse went into the subject at once.
+
+"Captain Ross, do you want to earn three thousand dollars?"
+
+"Don't mind."
+
+"Neither do I. Well, just listen. The king here has three thousand
+dollars in cash and three thousand dollars' worth of coconut ile and
+turtle-shell. Now, if you and I will help him to do a bit of fightin'
+it's ours. The money and shell is here in this room, the ile is in the
+sheds near by. If you agree, the king will hand us over the money now,
+and we can ship the ile in the morning."
+
+Ross thought a moment, then he said suspiciously--
+
+"Why are you giving me a chance?"
+
+"Not from any feelin' of affection for you, mister," answered Cayse with
+his peculiar snarl, "but because I ain't able to do the whole business
+myself--if I could I wouldn't ask _you_ to come in. Now, I noticed this
+mornin' that you carry a big crew, and have six guns, and I reckon thet
+you hev to use 'em sometimes in your business?"
+
+Ross laughed grimly. "All of us sandalwooding ships carry a few
+nine-pounders as well as plenty of small arms. We are allowed to do so
+by the Governor of New South Wales."
+
+"Just so. Well, now, listen. This island is governed by two chiefs;
+this one here, Charlik, has most people, but the other lot, who live on
+the lee side of the island, rebelled against his father more'n ten years
+ago. They've had a good many fights, an' in the last one these Lele
+people got badly whipped. Charlik is the proper king, but ever since a
+white man named Ledyard went to live with the Leassé people, they've
+refused to pay tribute. This Ledyard is the cause of all the trouble,
+and he has taught his natives how to fight European fashion. There's
+only about six hundred of 'em altogether--men, women, and
+children--eh, Charlik?"
+
+The young chief nodded in assent.
+
+"Now, by a bit of luck, news came up the other day by one of Charlik's
+spies that Ledyard has gone away to Ponapé in a cutter he has built. It
+will take him two or three weeks to go there and back, and now is the
+time for Charlik to wipe out old scores--the Leassé people won't stand
+much of a chance agin' a night attack by three hundred of Charlik's
+people. If Ledyard was there it would be different."
+
+Ross soon made his decision. He was a man utterly without pity, and
+Cayse who, while inciting others to slaughter for the sake of his own
+gain, yet had some grains of compunction in his nature, almost shuddered
+when the master of the _Lucy May_ laughed hoarsely and said--
+
+"It's a bargain--just the thing that my crowd could tackle and carry
+through themselves. Two voyages ago me and my beauties wiped out every
+living soul on one of the Cartaret's Islands. I'll tell you the yarn
+some day. But look here, king, can't we make another deal about the
+women and children. Let me keep as many of them as I have room for
+aboard, and I'll pay for them in muskets and powder and bullets."
+
+"What do you want with them?"
+
+"Sell them to old Abba Dul, the king of the Pelews. I've done business
+with him before."
+
+Charlik called Kanka over to him, and the two spoke in low tones. Then
+the young ruler of Lele shook his head.
+
+"No. There must be but one left to live--the white man's wife. Now we
+shall count this money."
+
+The boxes were carried over directly under the rays of the lamps and
+opened, the bags containing the money lifted out, the coins counted, and
+then evenly divided between the two wolves.
+
+On the following morning the casks of oil were rolled down to the beach
+and rafted off to the two ships, and before dawn, on the fourth day,
+Ross and his fellow-ruffian sent word ashore to the king that all was
+ready, and that he and his fighting men could come on board at once and
+proceed on their dreadful mission.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+
+As the two captains and their ferocious young employer sat on the
+snow-white poop of the _Iroquois_ and discussed the plan of attack, the
+ship and barque kept closely together, so closely that North, who had
+not yet placed foot on board the sandalwooder, had now an opportunity of
+looking down upon her decks, and watching the actions of those who
+manned her. A more ragged and desperate looking lot of ruffians he had
+never seen in his life; and their wild, unkempt appearance was in
+perfect accord with the _Lucy May_ herself, whose dirty, yellow sides
+were stained from stem to stern with long streaks and broad patches of
+iron-rust. Aloft she was in as equally a bad condition, and North and
+his fellow-officers, used to the trimness and unceasing care of a
+whaleship's sails and running gear, looked with contempt at the disorder
+and neglect everywhere visible. On deck, however, some attempt at
+setting things ship-shape were being made by the two mates and
+boatswain, the six guns were being overhauled, and a pile of muskets
+lying on the main hatch were being examined and passed up to the poop
+one by one, to old Kanka, who was in command of the contingent of Lele
+natives on board the barque. Similar preparations with small arms were
+being made on board the _Iroquois_ by her crew which, largely composed
+of Chilenos, Portuguese, and Polynesians, had eagerly accepted the offer
+of twenty dollars for each man for a few hours' fighting. North alone
+had spoken against and tried to dissuade his fellow-officers from taking
+any active part in the expedition, but his remonstrances fell upon
+unheeding ears. The details of the scheme to surprise the unsuspecting
+inhabitants of the two villages had filled him with unutterable horror
+and indignation, and all sorts of wild plans formed in his brain to
+prevent the accomplishment of the cruel deed. For the consequences of
+such interference to himself he cared nothing. He was alone in the
+world, and had no thought beyond that of making enough money to enable
+him to one day buy a ship of his own. Once, as he passed the trio on the
+poop, and glanced at the smooth, olive-coloured features of the young
+king, who, with anticipative zest, was fondling a rifle which Ross had
+brought on board for him, he felt inclined to whip a belaying-pin out of
+the rail and bring it crashing down upon his skull. Had there been any
+other ship but the _Lucy May_ near, he would have left the _Iroquois_
+that moment. But help was coming to his troubled mind.
+
+An hour before sunset the two vessels ran into a little harbour, then
+called Port Lottin, but now known as South Harbour by the few wandering
+whalers which sometimes touch at the island. Here, ere it became dark,
+the natives, with fourteen of the _Lucy May's_ crew under Ross, were
+landed. They were to march at early morning, cross the mountain range
+which intervened between South Harbour and Leassé, and then, hidden by
+the dense forest, await the appearance of the ships off the doomed
+villages on the following afternoon. The six boats--two from the _Lucy
+May_ and four from the _Iroquois_--were to pull ashore as soon as the
+ships were off Leassé and take up positions, three to the north and
+three to the south, so as to cut off all who attempted to escape along
+the beaches from the attack which would be made by Ross. Charlik was to
+command one of the boat parties, Cayse the other, and should any canoes
+with fugitives attempt to gain the open sea, they were to be sunk by the
+_Lucy May's_ guns, for she was to anchor in such a position that an
+escaping canoe would have to pass within fifty yards of her.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Eight bells had struck, and North, who had declined to join the captain
+and his fellow-officers at supper, was sitting in his cabin smoking and
+listening to the soft hum of the surf on the barrier reef a mile away.
+On deck all was quiet, only the fourth mate and three of the hands were
+keeping watch, the rest of the crew who were not turned in had gone
+ashore to witness a dance given by King Charlik's warriors.
+
+Suddenly he heard a footfall on the cabin deck, and then some one said
+in a low voice--
+
+"May I come in, sir?"
+
+North, recognising the voice as that of a young man named Macy, his own
+harpooner, at once bade him enter.
+
+Macy, a sunburnt, blue-eyed youth, closed the cabin door behind him, and
+held up his finger to enjoin silence.
+
+"I've only just now heard, sir, that you will not take a hand in this
+work which is going on. Neither will I, sir; for those damned savages
+are going to kill all the poor women and children. I've come to ask you
+what I'm to do if I'm ordered away in the boat? My God! Mr. North, must
+we all be turned into a gang of murderers like those fellows on the
+_Lucy May!_"
+
+The officer shook the young seaman's hand. "I for one will have no hand
+in it, my lad; and I wish there were more of us on board of our way of
+thinking. I wish we could leave the ship. I would rather die of thirst
+on the open ocean ... Macy, my lad, will you stand to me?"
+
+"Stand to you, sir! Aye, Mr. North. If you mean to take to our boat,
+sir, I am with you."
+
+"No," answered North in a whisper. "That, after all, would only save us
+two from being mixed up in this murderous business--I want to prevent it
+altogether. Have you heard how far it is across the island to this place
+Leassé?"
+
+"Seven miles, sir, over the mountains."
+
+"And twenty by the boats! Macy, I am determined to leave the ship
+to-night, cut across the island, and save the poor people from massacre.
+Will you come? We may pay for it with our lives."
+
+The harpooner raised his rough hand. "We must all die some day, sir."
+
+For some minutes they conversed in whispered tones; then Macy slipped on
+deck, and North took his pistols from their racks, filled his coat
+pockets with ammunition, and then followed him. His own boat was lying
+astern.
+
+Telling the cooper, who was the only one of the afterguard on deck, that
+he was going ashore to look at the dance, and that only Macy and another
+hand need come with him, North ordered the boat to be hauled alongside.
+A quarter of an hour later he and Macy stepped out upon the shore under
+the shadow of a high bluff, and quite out of view from Ross and his
+party, although the many camp-fires cast long lines of light across the
+sleeping waters of the little harbour.
+
+Informing the boat-keeper that they should return in a couple of hours,
+the two men first walked along the beach in the direction of the
+encampment. Then once out of sight from the boat, they struck inland
+into a deep valley through which, Macy said, a narrow track led up to
+the range, and then downwards to the two villages. After a careful
+search the track was found, and the bright stars shining through the
+canopy of leaves overhead gave them sufficient light to pursue their
+way. For two hours they toiled along through the silent forest, hearing
+no sound except now and then the affrighted rush of some startled wild
+boar, and, far distant, the dull cry of the ever-restless breakers upon
+the coral reef. At last the summit of the range was reached, and they
+sat down to rest upon the thick carpet of fallen leaves which covered
+the ground. Here North took a spirit-flask from his jacket, and Macy and
+he drank in turns.
+
+"Do you know, sir," said Macy, as he returned the flask to the officer,
+"that there's a white man living at this village?"
+
+"He's not there now, Macy. He's gone away to another island in his
+cutter."
+
+"I know that, sir. I've heard all about it from one of the chaps on the
+_Lucy May_. The man's name is Ledyard, and this young devil's-limb of a
+king hates him like poison--for two reasons. One is, that Ledyard, who
+settled in Leassé a few years ago, taught the people there how to use
+their muskets in a fight, when Charlik's father tried to destroy them
+time and again; the other is that his wife is a white woman--or almost a
+white woman, a Bonin Island Portuguese--and Charlik means to get her.
+When Ledyard comes back in his cutter he will walk into a trap, and be
+killed as soon as he steps ashore."
+
+North struck his hand upon the ground. "And to think that I have sailed
+with such a villain as Cayse, who--"
+
+"That's not all. Ledyard has two children. Charlik has given orders for
+them to be killed, as he says he only wants the woman! Ross, I believe,
+wanted him to spare 'em, but the young cut-throat said 'No.' I heard all
+this from two men--the chap from the _Lucy May_ and one of Charlik's
+fighting men, who speaks English and seems to have a soft place in his
+heart for Ledyard."
+
+The mate of the _Iroquois_ sprang to his feet. "The cold-blooded
+wretches! Come on, Macy. We _must_ get there in time."
+
+For another two hours they made steady progress through the darkened
+forest aisles, and then as they emerged out upon a piece of open
+country, they saw far beneath them the gleaming sea. And here, amidst a
+dense patch of pandanus palms, the path they had followed came to an
+end. Pushing their way through the thorny leaves, which tore the skin
+from their hands and faces, Macy exclaimed excitedly--
+
+"We're all right, sir. I can see a light down there. It must be a fire
+on the beach."
+
+Heedless of the unknown dangers of the deep descent, and every now and
+then tripping and falling over the roots of trees and fallen timber,
+they again came out into the open, and there, two hundred feet below
+them, they saw the high-peaked, saddle-backed houses of Leassé village
+standing clearly out in the starlight. But at this point their further
+progress was barred by a cliff, which seemed to extend for half a mile
+on both sides of them. Cautiously feeling their way along its ledge they
+sought in vain for a path.
+
+"We must hail them, Macy. There will be sure to be plenty of them who
+can speak a little English and show us the way to get down."
+
+Returning as quickly as possible to the spot immediately over the
+village, the officer gave a long, loud hail.
+
+"_Below there, you sleepers!_"
+
+The hoarse, shrieking notes of countless thousands of roosting
+sea-birds, as they rose in alarm from their perches in the forest trees,
+mingled with the barking of dogs from the village, and then came a wild
+cry of alarm from a human throat.
+
+Waiting for a few moments till the clamour had somewhat subsided, the
+two men again hailed in unison.
+
+"_Below there! Awake, you sleepers!_"
+
+Another furious outburst of yelping and barking--through which ran the
+quavering of voices of the affrighted natives--smote the stillness of
+the night. Then the bright light of torches of coconut leaves flashed
+below, nude figures ran swiftly to and fro among the houses, and then
+came a deep-voiced answering hail in English--
+
+"_Hallo there! Who hails_?"
+
+"Two white men," was the officer's quick reply. "We cannot get down.
+Bear a hand with a torch; we have lost the track." Then as something
+flashed across his mind, he added, "Who are you? Are you a white man?"
+
+"Yes. I am Tom Ledyard."
+
+"Thank God for that! Send a light quickly. You and your people are in
+deadly danger."
+
+In a few minutes the waiting men saw the gleam of torches amid the trees
+to their right, and presently a tall, bearded, white man appeared,
+followed by half a dozen natives. All were armed with muskets, whose
+barrels glinted and shone in the firelight.
+
+Springing forward to meet him, North told his story in as few words as
+possible.
+
+Ledyard's dark face paled with passion. "By heaven, they shall get a
+bloody welcome! Now, come, sir; follow me. You must need rest badly."
+
+As they passed through the village square, now lit up by many fires and
+filled with alarmed natives, Ledyard called out in his deep tones--
+
+"Gather ye together, my friends. The son of the Slaughterer is near.
+Send a man fleet of foot to Môut and bid him tell Nena, the chief, and
+his head men to come to my house quickly, else in a little while our
+bones will be gnawed by Charlik's dogs."
+
+Then with North and Macy besides him, he entered his house, the largest
+in the village. A woman, young, slender, and fair-skinned, met them at
+the door. Behind her were some terrified native women, one of whom
+carried Ledyard's youngest child in her arms.
+
+"'Rita, my girl," said Ledyard, placing his hand on his wife's shoulder
+and speaking in English, "these are friends. They have come to warn us.
+That young hell-pup, Charlik, is attacking us tomorrow. But quick, girl,
+get something for these gentlemen to eat and drink."
+
+But North and the harpooner were too excited to eat, and, seated
+opposite their host, they listened eagerly to him as he told them of his
+plans to repel the attack; of the bitter hatred that for ten years had
+existed between the people of Leassé and the old king; and then--he set
+his teeth--how that Sé, the friendly sister of the young king, had once
+sent a secret messenger to him telling him to guard his wife well, for
+her brother had made a boast that when Leassé and Môut were given to the
+flames only Cerita should be spared.
+
+"Then, ten days ago, Mr. North, thinking that this young tiger-cub
+Charlik knew that these people here were well prepared to resist an
+attack, I left in my cutter on a trading voyage to Ponapé. Three days
+out the vessel began to make water so badly that I had to beat back. I
+only came ashore yesterday."
+
+He rose and walked to and fro, muttering to himself. Then he spoke
+again.
+
+"Mr. North, and you, my friend"--turning to Macy--"have saved me and
+those I love from a sudden and cruel death. What can I do to show my
+gratitude? You cannot now return to your ship; will you join your
+fortunes with mine? I have long thought of leaving this island and
+settling in Ponapé. There is money to be made there. Join me and be my
+partners. My cutter is now hauled up on the beach--if she were fit to go
+to sea we could leave the island to-night. But that cannot be done. It
+will take me a week to put her in proper repair--and to-morrow we must
+fight for our lives."
+
+North stretched out his hand. "Macy and I will stand by you, Ledyard. We
+do not want to ever put foot again on the deck of the _Iroquois_."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+The story of that day of bloodshed and horror, when Charlik and his
+white allies sought to exterminate the whole community, cannot here be
+told in _all_ its dreadful details. Seventy years have come and gone
+since then, and there are but two or three men now living on the island
+who can speak of it with knowledge as a tale of "the olden days when we
+were heathens." Let the rest of the tale be told in the words of one of
+those natives of Leassé, who, then a boy, fought side by side with
+Ledyard, North, and Macy.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"The sun was going westward in the sky when the two ships rounded the
+point and anchored in what you white men now call Coquille Harbour. We
+of Leassé, who watched from the shore, saw six boats put off, filled
+with men. There pulled inside the reef, and went to the right towards
+Môut; three went to the left. Letya (Ledyard), with the two white
+strangers who had come to him in the night, and two hundred of our men,
+had long before gone into the mountains to await Charlik and his
+fighting men, and their white friends. They--Letya and the Leassé
+people--made a trap for Charlik's men in the forest. Charlik himself was
+in the boats with the other white men. He wanted to see the people of
+Leassé and Môut driven into the water, so that he might shoot at them
+with a new rifle which Késa or the other ship captain--I forget
+which--had given to him. But he wanted most of all to get Cerita, the
+wife of Letya, the white man. Only Cerita was to live. These were
+Charlik's words. He did not know that her husband had returned from the
+sea. Had he known that, he would not have given all his money and all
+his oil to the two white captains to help him to make Leassé and Môut
+desolate and give our bones to his dogs to eat.
+
+"It was a great trap--the trap prepared by Letya; and Charlik's men and
+the white men with them fell in it. They fell as a stone falls in a deep
+well, and sinks and is no more seen of men.
+
+"This was the manner of the trap: The path down the cliff was between
+two high walls of rock; at the foot of the cliff was a thick clump of
+high pandanus trees growing closely together. In between these trees
+Letya built a high barrier of logs, encompassing the outlet of the path
+to Leassé. This barrier was a half circle; the two ends touched the edge
+of the cliff, and the centre was hidden among the pandanus trees. On the
+top of this barrier the men of Leassé waited with loaded muskets; lower
+down on the ground were others, they too had loaded muskets. On the top
+of the cliff where the path led down, fifty men were hidden. They were
+hidden in the thick scrub which we call _oap. Oap_ is a good thing in
+which to hide from an enemy, and then spring from and slay him suddenly.
+
+"I, who was then a boy, saw all this. I heard Letya, our white man, tell
+the head of our village that Charlik's men would enter into the trap and
+perish. Then kava was made, and Letya and the head men drank. Kava is
+good, but rum is better to make men fight. We had no rum, but we had
+great love for Letya and his wife, and his two children, and great hate
+for Charlik. So we said, 'If this is death, it is death,' and every man
+went to his post--some to the barrier at the foot of the cliff, and some
+to the thicket of _oap_ on the summit. Cerita, the wife of Letya the
+Englishman, was weeping. She was weeping because Nená, the chief of
+Môut, was waiting in the house to kill her if her husband should be
+slain. But she did not weep because of the fear of death; it was for her
+children she wept. That is the way of women. What is the life of a child
+to the life of a man?
+
+"Nená was my father's brother. He was a brave man, but was too old to
+fight, for his eyes were dimmed by many years. So he sat beside Cerita
+and her two children, with a long knife in his hand and waited. He
+covered his face with a mat and waited. It was right for him to do this,
+for Letya was a great man; and his wife, although she was a foreigner,
+was an honoured woman. Therefore though Nená might not look upon her
+face at other times, he could kill her if Letya said she must die. This
+was quite right and correct. A wife must be guided by her husband and do
+what is right and correct, and avoid scandal.
+
+"For many hours the women in the houses waited in silence. Then suddenly
+they heard the thunder of two hundred guns, and the roaring of voices,
+then more muskets. They ran out of the houses and looked up to the
+cliff, and lo! the sky was bright as day, for when Charlik's people and
+the white men walked into the trap in the darkness, Letya and our people
+set alight great heaps of dry leaves and scrub, which were placed all
+along the barrier of logs. This was done so that they could see better
+to shoot. There were thirty or forty of Charlik's men killed by that
+volley. The white man who was leading them was very brave; he tried to
+climb over the barrier, but fell back dead, for a man named Sru thrust a
+whale-lance into his heart. All this time the other white men and the
+rest of Charlik's people were firing their muskets, but their bullets
+only hit the heavy logs of the barrier, and Letya and our people killed
+them very easily by putting their muskets through the spaces. When the
+sailors saw their captain fall, they tried to run away, and the Lele
+warriors ran with them. But when they reached the path which led up
+between the cliff, it too was blocked, and many of them became jammed
+together between the walls, and these were all killed very easily--some
+with bullets, and some with big stones. Then those that were left ran
+round and found inside the trap, trying to get out. They were like rats
+in a cask, and our people kept killing them as they ran. Some of
+them--about thirty--did climb over, but all were killed, for when they
+jumped down on the other side our people were there waiting. At last
+four of the sailors made a big hole by tearing out two posts, and rushed
+out, followed by the Lele men. Letya was the first man to meet the
+sailors, and he told them to surrender. Two of them threw down their
+arms, but the other two ran at Letya, and one of them ran his cutlass
+into him. It went in at the stomach, and Letya fell. We killed all these
+white sailors, but some of the Lele men escaped. That was a great pity,
+but then how can these things be helped?" The two strange white men who
+were fighting beside Le|tya, picked him up, and they carried him into
+his house. He was not dead, but he said, 'I shall soon die, take me to
+my wife.' I did not go with them to the house. I went into the barrier
+with the other youths to kill the wounded. It is a foolish thing not to
+kill wounded men; they may get better and kill you. So we killed them.
+There were fourteen white men slain in that fight beside their captain.
+
+"Before it was daylight some of our men set out along the beach to look
+for the boats. They did not want to kill any more white men, but they
+did want to kill Charlik. They were very fortunate, for before they had
+gone far on their way they saw three of the boats coming along close in
+to the beach. So they hid behind some rocks. Charlik was in the first
+boat; he was standing in the bow pointing out the way. When he came very
+close they all fired together, and Charlik's life was gone. He fell dead
+into the sea. Then the boats all turned seaward, and pulled hard for the
+ships. Then before long, we saw the other three boats going back to the
+ships; in these last were four of Charlik's men who had escaped. The
+boats were quickly pulled up, and the ships sailed away, for those on
+board were terrified when they heard that all the white men they had
+sent to fight were dead.
+
+"Letya did not die at once--not for two days. Cerita his wife and two
+white men watched beside him all this time. Before he died he called the
+head men to him, and said that he gave his small ship to the two white
+men, together with many other things. All his money he gave to his wife,
+and told her she must go away with the white men, who would take her
+back to her own people. To the head men he gave many valuable things,
+such as tierces of tobacco and barrels of powder. This was quite right
+and proper, and showed he knew what was correct to do before he died. We
+buried him on the little islet over there called Bèsi.
+
+"The two white men and Cerita and her two children went away in the
+little ship. But they did not go to Cerita's country: they remained at
+Ponapé, and there the tall man of the two--the officer--married Cerita.
+All this we learnt a year afterwards from the captain of a whaling ship.
+It was quite right and proper for Letya's widow to marry so quickly, and
+to marry the man who had been a friend to her husband."
+
+
+
+
+_A Hundred Fathoms Deep_
+
+
+There is still a world or discovery open to the ichthyologist who, in
+addition to scientific knowledge, is a lover of deep-sea fishing, has
+some nerve, and is content to undergo some occasional rough experiences,
+if he elects to begin his researches among the many island groups of the
+North and South Pacific. I possessed, to some extent, the two latter
+qualifications; the former, much to my present and lasting regret, I did
+not. Nearly twenty-six years ago the vessel in which I sailed as
+supercargo was wrecked on Strong's Island, the eastern outlier of the
+fertile Caroline Archipelago, and for more than twelve months I devoted
+the greater part of my time to traversing the mountainous island from
+end to end, or, accompanied by a hardy and intelligent native, in
+fishing, either in the peculiarly-formed lagoon at the south end, or two
+miles or so outside the barrier reef.
+
+The master of the vessel, I may mention, was the notorious, over
+maligned, and genial Captain Bully Hayes, and from him I had learnt a
+little about some of the generally unknown deep-sea fish of Polynesia
+and Melanesia. He had told me that when once sailing between Aneityum
+and Tanna, in the New Hebrides, shortly after a severe volcanic eruption
+on the former island had been followed by a submarine convulsion, his
+brig passed through many hundreds of dead and dying fish of great size,
+some of which were of a character utterly unknown to any of his native
+crew--men who came from all parts of the North and South Pacific. More
+remarkable still, some of these fish had never before been seen by the
+inhabitants of the islands near which they were found. There were, he
+said, some five or six kinds, but they were all of the groper family.
+One of three which was brought on board was discovered floating on the
+surface when the ship was five miles off Tanna. A boat was lowered, but
+on getting up to it, the crew found they were unable to lift it from the
+water; it was, however, towed to the ship, hoisted on board, and cut
+into three parts, the whole of which were weighed, and reached over 300
+lbs. In colour it was a dull grey, with large, closely-adhering scales
+about the size of a florin; the fins, tail, and lips were blue. Another
+one, weighing less, had a differently-shaped head, with a curious,
+pipe-like mouth; this was a uniform dull blue. A similar upturning from
+the ocean's dark depths of strange fish occurred during a submarine
+earthquake near Rose Island, a barren spot to the south-west of Samoa.
+The disturbance threw up vast numbers of fish upon the reefs of Manua,
+the nearest island of the group, and the natives looked upon their great
+size and peculiar appearance with unbounded astonishment.
+
+Without desiring to bore the reader with unnecessary details of my own
+experiences in the South Seas, but because the statement bears on the
+subject of this article--a subject which has been my delight since I was
+a boy of ten years of age--I may say that, nine years after the loss of
+Captain Hayes's vessel on Strong's Island, I was again shipwrecked on
+Peru, one of the Gilbert, or, as we traders call them, the "Line"
+Islands. Here I was so fortunate as to take up my residence with one of
+the local traders, a Swiss named Frank Voliero, who was an ardent
+deep-sea fisherman, and whose catches were the envy and wonder of the
+wild and intractable natives among whom he lived; for he had excellent
+tackle, which enabled him to fish at depths seldom tried by the natives,
+who have no reason to go beyond sixty or eighty fathoms. In the long
+interval that had elapsed since my fishing days in the Carolines and my
+arrival at Peru Island, I had gained such experience in my hobby in many
+other parts of the Pacific as falls to few men, and the desire to fish
+in deep water, and get something that astonished the natives of the
+various islands, had become a passion with me. Voliero and myself went
+out together frequently, and, did space permit, I should like to
+describe the fortune that attended us at Peru, as well as my fishing
+adventures at Strong's Island.
+
+In a former work I have endeavoured to describe that extraordinary
+nocturnal-feeding fish, the _palu_, and the manner of its capture by
+the Malayo-Polynesian islanders of the Equatorial Pacific, and in the
+present article I shall try to convey to my readers an idea of deep-sea
+fishing in the South Seas generally. When I was living on the little
+island of Nanomaga (one of the Ellice Group, situated about 600 miles to
+the north-west of Samoa), as the one resident trader, I found myself
+in--if I may use the term--a marine paradise, as far as fishing went.
+The natives were one and all expert fishermen, extremely jealous of
+their reputation of being not only the best and most skilful men in
+Polynesia in the handling of their frail canoes in a heavy surf, but
+also of being deep-learned in the lore of deep-sea fishing.
+
+My arrival at the island caused no little commotion among the young
+bloods, each of whose chances of gaining the girl of his heart, and
+being united to her by the local Samoan missionary teacher, depended in
+a great measure upon his ability to provide sustenance for her from the
+sea; for Nanomaga, like the rest of the Ellice Group, is but little more
+than a richly-verdured sandbank, based upon a foundation of coral, and
+yielding nothing to its people but coconuts and a coarse species of
+taro, called puraka. The inhabitants, in their low-lying atolls, possess
+no running streams, no fertile soil, in which, as in the mountainous
+isles of Polynesia, the breadfruit, the yam, and the sweet potato grow
+and flourish side by side with such rich and luscious fruits as the
+orange and banana, and pineapple--they have but the beneficent coconut
+and the evergiving sea to supply their needs. And the sea is kind to
+them, as Nature meant it to be to her own children.
+
+The native missionary at Nanomaga was a Samoan. He was intended by
+nature to be a warrior, a leader of men; or--and no higher praise can I
+give to his dauntless courage--a boat-header on a sperm whaler. Strong
+of arm and quick of eye, he was the very man to either throw the harpoon
+or deal the death-giving thrust or the lance to the monarch of the ocean
+world; but fate or circumstance had made him a missionary instead. He
+was a fairly good missionary, but a better fisherman.
+
+Three miles from Nanomaga is a submerged reef, marked on the chart as
+the Grand Coral Reef, but known to the natives as Tia Kau, "the reef."
+It is in reality a vast mountain of coral, whose bases lie two hundred
+fathoms deep, with a flattened summit of about fifty acres in extent,
+rising to within five fathoms of the surface of the sea. This spot is
+the resort of incredible numbers of fish, both deep-sea haunting and
+surface swimming. Some of the latter, such as the _pala_ (not the
+_palu_)--a long, scaleless, beautifully-formed fish, with a head of bony
+plates and teeth like a rip-saw--are of great size, and afford splendid
+sport, as they are game fighters and almost as powerful as a porpoise.
+They run to over 100 lbs., and yet are by no means a coarse fish. In the
+shallow water on the top of this mountain reef there are some eight or
+nine varieties of rock cod, none of which were of any great size; but
+far below, at a depth of from fifty to seventy fathoms, there were some
+truly monstrous fish of this species, and I and my missionary friend had
+the luck to catch the four largest ever taken--221 lbs., 208 lbs., 118
+lbs., and 111 lbs. I had caught when fishing for schnapper, in thirty
+fathoms off Camden Haven, on the coast of New South Wales, a mottled
+black and grey rock cod, which weighed 83 lbs., and was assured by the
+Sydney Museum authorities that such a weight for a rock cod was rare in
+that part of the Pacific, but that _bêche-de-mer_ fishermen on the Great
+Barrier Reef had occasionally captured fish of the same variety of
+double that size and weight.
+
+Not possessing a boat, we fished from a canoe--a light, but strong and
+beautifully constructed craft, with "whalebacks" fore and aft to keep it
+from being swamped by seas when facing or running from a surf. The
+outrigger was formed of a very light wood, called _pua_, about fourteen
+inches in circumference. With the teacher and myself there usually went
+with us a third man, whose duty it was to keep the canoe head to wind,
+for anchoring in deep water in such a tiny craft was out of the
+question, as well as dangerous, should a heavy fish or a shark get foul
+of the outrigger. Capsizes in the daytime we did not mind, but at night
+numbers of grey sharks were always cruising around, and they were then
+especially savage and daring.
+
+Leaving the pretty little village, which was embowered in a palm grove
+on the lee side of the island, we would, if intending to fish on the Tia
+Kau, make a start before dawn, remain there till the canoe was loaded to
+her raised gunwale pieces with the weight of fish, and then return.
+Night fishing on the Tia Kau by a single canoe was forbidden by the
+_kaupule_ (head men) as being too dangerous on account of the sharks,
+and so usually from ten to twenty canoes set out together. If one did
+come to grief through being swamped, or capsized by having the outrigger
+fouled by a shark, there was always assistance near at hand, and it
+rarely happened that any of the crew were bitten. In 1872, however, a
+fearful tragedy occurred on the Tia Kau, when a party of seventy
+natives--men, women, and children--who were crossing to the neighbouring
+Island of Nanomea, were attacked by sharks when overtaken on the reef by
+a squall at night. Only two escaped to tell the tale.[14]
+
+If, however, we meant to try for _takuo_, a huge variety of the
+mackerel-tribe, or _lahe'u_, a magnificent bream-shaped fish, we had no
+need to go so far as the dangerous Tia Kau; three or four cable-lengths
+from the beach, and right in front of the village, we could lie in water
+as smooth as glass, and seventy fathoms in depth. Our bait was
+invariably flying-fish, freshly caught, or the tentacles of an octopus.
+My lines were of white American cotton, and I generally used two hooks,
+one below and one above the sinker, both baited with a whole
+flying-fish, while my companions preferred wooden or iron hooks, of
+their own manufacture, and lines made from hibiscus bark or coconut
+fibre.
+
+I shall always remember with pleasure my first _lahe'u_. I was
+accompanied by the native teacher alone, and we paddled off from the
+village just after evening service, and brought to about a quarter of a
+mile outside the reef. The rest of the islanders had gone round in
+their canoes to the weather side of the little island to fish for
+_takuo_, for we were expecting a _malaga_, or party of visitors from the
+Island of Nukufetau in a day or two, and unusual supplies of fish had to
+be obtained, to sustain, not only the island's record as the fishing
+centre of the universe, but the people's reputation for hospitality. It
+had been my suggestion to the teacher that he and I, who were unable to
+accompany the others, should try what we could do nearer home. The night
+was brilliantly starlight, and the sea as smooth as glass--so smooth
+that there was not even the faintest swell upon the reef. The trade wind
+was at rest, and not the faintest breath of air moved the foliage of the
+coco palms lining the white strip of beach. Now and then a splash or a
+sudden commotion in the water around us would denote that some hapless
+flying-fish had taken an aerial flight from a pursuing _pala_, or that a
+shark had seized a turtle in his cruel jaws. Lighting our pipes, we
+lowered our lines together according to island etiquette, and touched
+bottom at thirty fathoms; then hauled in a fathom or two of line to
+avoid fouling the coral. In a few minutes my companion hooked an _utu_,
+a sluggish fish, somewhat like a salmon in appearance, with shining
+silvery scales and a broad flat head. As he was hauling in, and I was
+looking over the side of the canoe to watch it coming up, I felt a
+sharp, heavy tug at my own line, and, before I could check it, thirty or
+forty yards of line whizzed through my fingers with lightning speed.
+
+"_Lahe'u!_" shouted the teacher, hurriedly making his own line fast,
+and whipping up his paddle. "Don't give out any more line or he will run
+under the reef, and we shall lose him."
+
+I knew by the vibration and hum of the line as soon as I had it well in
+hand that there was a heavy and powerful fish at the end. Ioane,
+disregarding the _utu_ as being of no importance in comparison to a
+_lahe'u_, was plunging his paddle rapidly into the water, and
+endeavouring to back the canoe seaward into deeper water, but, in spite
+of his efforts and my own, we were being taken quickly inshore. For some
+two or three minutes the canoe was dragged steadily landward, and I knew
+that once the _lahe'u_ succeeded in getting underneath the overhanging
+ledge of reef, there would be but little chance of our taking him except
+by diving, and diving on a moonless night under a reef, and freeing a
+fish from jagged branches of coral, is not a pleasant task, although an
+Ellice Islander does not much mind it. Finding that I could not possibly
+turn the fish, I asked Ioane what I should do. He told me to let go a
+few fathoms of line, brace my knee against the thwart, and then trust to
+the sudden jerk to cant the fish's head one way or the other. I did as I
+was told. Out flew the line, and then came a shock that made the canoe
+fairly jump, lifted the outrigger clear out of the water, and all but
+capsized her. But the ruse was successful, for, with a furious shake,
+_lahe'u_ changed his course, and started off at a tremendous rate,
+parallel with the reef, and then gradually headed seaward.
+
+"Let him go," said Ioane, who was carefully watching the tautened-out
+line, and steering at the same time. "'Tis a strong fish, but he is _man
+tonu_ (truly hooked), and will now tire. But give him no more line, and
+haul up to him."
+
+For fully five minutes the canoe went flying over the water, and I
+continued to haul in line fathom by fathom, until I caught sight of,
+deep down in the water right ahead, a great phosphorescent boil and
+bubble. Then the pace began to slacken, as the gallant fighter began to
+turn from side to side, shaking his head and making futile breaks from
+port to starboard. Bidding me come amidships with the line, Ioane took
+in his paddle, and picked up the harpoon which we always carried on the
+outrigger platform in case of meeting a turtle. Nearer and nearer came
+the great fish, till, with a splash of phosphorescent light and spray,
+he came to the surface, beating the water with his forked and bony tail,
+and still trying to get a chance for another downward run. Then Ioane,
+waiting his opportunity, sent the iron clean through him from side to
+side, and I sat down and watched, with a thrill of satisfaction and a
+sigh of relief, his final flurry. In a few minutes we hauled him
+alongside, drew the harpoon, and with some difficulty managed to get him
+over the side and lower him into the bottom of the canoe amidships,
+where he lay fore and aft, his curved back standing up nearly a foot and
+a half above the raised gunwale. Although not above four feet in length,
+he was nearly three in depth, and about sixteen inches thick at the
+shoulder--a truly noble fish.
+
+"We have done well," said the teacher, with a pleased laugh, as he
+hauled in his own line and dropped a 6-lb. _utu_ into the canoe. "There
+will be much talk over this to-morrow, for these people here are very
+conceited, and think that no one but themselves can catch _lahe'u_ and
+_pala_. They will know better now, when they see this one."
+
+We returned to the shore within two hours from the time we left, with my
+_lahe'u_, an _utu_, and five or six salmon-like fish called _tau-tau_,
+all nocturnal feeders, and all highly thought of by the natives,
+especially the latter. The _lahe'u_ we hung up under the missionary's
+verandah, and at daylight I had the intense satisfaction of seeing a
+crowd of natives surrounding it, and of hearing their flattering
+allusions to myself as a _papalagi masani tonu futi íka_--a white man
+who really could fish like a native.
+
+
+
+
+_On a Tidal River_
+
+
+The English visitor to the Eastern Colonies of Australia who is in
+search of sport with either rod or hand line can always obtain excellent
+fishing in the summer months even in such traffic-disturbed harbours as
+Sydney, Newcastle, and other ports; but on the tidal rivers of the
+eastern and southern seaboard he can, every day, catch more fish than he
+can carry during seven months of the year. In the true winter months
+deep sea fishing is not much favoured, except during the prevalence of
+westerly winds, when, for days at a time, the Pacific is as smooth as a
+lake; but in the rivers, from Mallacoota Inlet, which is a few miles
+over the Victorian boundary, to the Tweed River on the north of New
+South Wales, the stranger may fairly revel not only in the delights of
+splendid fishing but in the charms of beautiful scenery. He needs no
+guide, will be put to but little expense, for the country hotel
+accommodation is good and cheap; and, should he visit some of the
+northern rivers where the towns, or rather small settlements, are few
+and far between, he will find the settlers the embodiment of British
+hospitality.
+
+Some three years ago the writer formed one of the crew of a little
+steamer of fifty tons named the _Jenny Lind_, which was sent out along
+the coast in the endeavour to revive the coast whaling industry. Through
+stress of weather we had frequently to make a dash for shelter, towing
+our sole whaleboat, to one of the many tidal rivers on the coast between
+Sydney and Gabo Island. Here we would remain until the weather broke,
+and our crew would literally cover the deck with an extraordinary
+variety of fish in the course of a few hours. Then, at low tide, we
+could always fill a couple of cornsacks with excellent oysters, and get
+bucketfuls of large prawns by means of a scoop net improvised from a
+piece of mosquito netting; game, too, was very plentiful on the lagoons.
+The settlers were generally glad to see us, and gave us so freely of
+milk, butter, pumpkins, &c., that, despite the rough handling we always
+got at sea from the weather, we grew quite fat. But as the greater part
+of my fishing experience was gained on the northern rivers of the colony
+of N.S. Wales it is of them I shall write.
+
+Eighteen hours' run by steamer from Sydney is the Hastings River, on the
+southern bank of which, a mile from the bar, is the old-time town of
+Port Macquarie, a quaint, sleepy little place of six hundred
+inhabitants, who spend their days in fishing and sleeping and waiting
+for better times. There are two or three fairly good hotels, very pretty
+scenery along the coast and up the river, and a stranger can pass a
+month without suffering from ennui--that is, of course, if he be fond
+of fishing and shooting; if he is not he should avoid going there, for
+it is the dullest coast town in New South Wales. The southern shore,
+from the steamer wharf to opposite the bar, is lined with a hard beach,
+on which at high tide, or slack water at low tide, one may sit down in
+comfort and have great sport with bream, whiting, and flathead. As soon
+as the tide turns, however, and is well on the ebb or flow, further
+fishing is impossible, for the river rushes out to sea with great
+velocity, and the incoming tide is almost as swift. On the other side of
+the harbour is a long, sandy point, called the North Shore, about a mile
+in length. This, at the north end, is met by a somewhat dense scrub,
+which lines the right bank of the river for a couple of miles, and
+affords a splendid shade to any one fishing on the river bank. The outer
+or ocean beach is but a few minutes' walk from the river, and a
+magnificent beach it is, trending in one great unbroken curve to Point
+Plomer, seven miles from the township.
+
+Before ascending the river on a fishing trip one has to provide one's
+self with a plentiful supply of cockles, or "pippies," as they are
+called locally. These can only be obtained on the northern ocean beach,
+and not the least enjoyable part of a day's sport consists in getting
+them. They are triangular in shape, with smooth shells of every
+imaginable colour, though a rich purple is commonest. As the back wash
+leaves the sands bare these bivalves may be seen in thick but irregular
+patches protruding from the sand. Sometimes, if the tide is not low
+enough, one may get rolled over by the surf if he happen to have his
+back turned seaward. Generally I was accompanied by two boys, known as
+"Condon's Twins." They were my landlord's sons, and certainly two of the
+smartest young sportsmen--although only twelve years old--ever met with.
+Both were very small for their age, and I was always in doubt as to
+which was which. They were always delighted to come with me, and did not
+mind being soused by a roller now and then when filling my "pippy" bag.
+Pippies are the best bait one can have for whiting (except prawns) in
+Australia, for, unlike the English whiting, it will not touch fish bait
+of any sort, although, when very hungry, it will sometimes take to
+octopus flesh. Bream (whether black or silvery), flathead, trevally,
+jew-fish, and, indeed, all other fish obtained in Australia, are not so
+dainty, for, although they like "pippies" and prawns best, they will
+take raw meat, fish, or octopus bait with readiness. Certain species of
+sea and river mullet are like them in this respect, and good sport may
+be had from them with a rod in the hot months, as Dick and Fred, the
+twins aforesaid, well knew, for often would their irate father
+wrathfully ask them why they wasted their time catching "them worthless
+mullet."
+
+But let me give an idea of one of many days' fishing on the Hastings,
+spent with the "Twins." Having filled a sugar bag with "pippies" on the
+ocean beach, we put on our boots and make our way through the belt of
+scrub to where our boat is lying, tied to the protruding roots of a
+tree. Each of us is armed with a green stick, and we pick our way pretty
+carefully, for black snakes are plentiful, and to tread on one may mean
+death. The density of the foliage overhead is such that but little
+sunlight can pierce through it, and the ground is soft to our feet with
+the thick carpet of fallen leaves beneath. No sound but the murmuring of
+the sea and the hoarse notes of countless gulls breaks the silence, for
+this side of the river is uninhabited, and its solitude disturbed only
+by some settler who has ridden down the coast to look for straying
+cattle, or by a fishing party from the town. Our boat, which we had
+hauled up and then tied to the tree, is now afloat, for the tide has
+risen, and the long stretches of yellow sandbanks which line the channel
+on the farther side are covered now with a foot of water. As we drift up
+the river, eating our lunch, and letting the boat take care of herself,
+a huge, misshapen thing comes round a low point, emitting horrid
+groanings and wheezings. It is a steam stern-wheel punt, loaded with
+mighty logs of black-butt and tallow wood, from fifty feet to seventy
+feet in length, cut far up the Hastings and the Maria and Wilson Rivers,
+and destined for the sawmill at Port Macquarie.
+
+In another hour we are at our landing-place, a selector's abandoned
+homestead, built of rough slabs, and standing about fifty yards back
+from the river and the narrow line of brown, winding beach. The roof had
+long since fallen in, and the fences and outbuildings lay low, covered
+with vines and creepers. The intense solitude of the place, the
+motionless forest of lofty grey-boled swamp gums that encompassed it on
+all sides but one, and the wide stretch of river before it were
+calculated to inspire melancholy in any one but an ardent fisherman.
+Scarcely have we hauled our boat up on the sand, and deposited our
+provisions and water in the roofless house, when we hear a commotion in
+the river--a swarm of fish called "tailer" are making havoc among a
+"school" of small mullet, many of which fling themselves out upon the
+sand. Presently all is quiet again, and we get our lines ready.
+
+For whiting and silvery bream rather fine lines are used, but we each
+have a heavy line for flathead, for these fish are caught in the tidal
+rivers on a sandy bottom up to three feet and four feet in length. They
+are in colour, both on back and belly, much like a sole, of great width
+across the shoulders, and then taper away to a very fine tail. The head
+is perfectly flat, very thin, and armed on each side with very sharp
+bones pointing tailward; a wound from one of these causes intense
+inflammation. The fins are small--so small as to appear almost
+rudimentary--yet the fish swims, or rather darts, along the bottom with
+amazing rapidity. They love to lie along the banks a few feet from the
+shore, where, concealed in the sand, they can dart out upon and seize
+their prey in their enormous "gripsack" mouths. The approach of a boat
+or a person walking along the sand will cause them to at once speed like
+lightning into deep water, leaving behind them a wake of sand and mud
+which is washed off their backs in their flight. Still, although not a
+pleasing fish to look at, the flathead is of a delicious and delicate
+flavour. There are some variations in their shades of colour, from a
+pale, delicate grey to a very dark brown, according to their habitat,
+and, although most frequent in very shallow water, they are often caught
+in great quantities off the coast in from ten to fifteen fathoms of
+water. Gut or wire snoodings are indispensable when fishing for
+flathead, else the fish invariably severs the line with his fine
+needle-pointed teeth, which are set very closely together. Nothing comes
+amiss to them as food, but they have a great love for small mullet or
+whiting, or a piece of octopus tentacle.
+
+Baiting our heavy lines with mullet--two hooks with brass-wire snoods to
+each line--we throw out about thirty yards, then, leaving two or three
+fathoms loose upon the shore, we each thrust a stick firmly into the
+sand, and take a turn of the line round it. As the largest flathead
+invariably dart upon the bait, and then make a bolt with it, this plan
+is a good one to follow, unless, of course, they are biting freely; in
+that case the smaller lines for bream and whiting, &c., are hauled in,
+for there is more real sport in landing an 8-lb. flathead than there is
+in catching smaller fish, for he is very game, and fights fiercely for
+his life.
+
+Having disposed our big lines, we bait the smaller ones with "pippies,"
+and not two minutes at the outside elapse after the sinkers have touched
+bottom when we know we are to have a good time, for each of us has
+hooked a fish, and three whiting are kicking on the sand before five
+minutes have expired. Then for another hour we throw out and haul in
+again as quickly as possible, landing whiting from 6 oz. to nearly 2
+lbs. in weight. One of the "Twins" has three hooks on his line, and
+occasionally lands three fish together, and now and again we get small
+bream and an occasional "tailer" of 2 lbs. or 3 lbs. As the sun mounts
+higher the breeze dies away, the heat becomes very great, and we have
+frequent recourse to our water jar--in one case mixing it with whisky.
+Then the whiting cease to bite as suddenly as they have begun, and move
+off into deeper water. Just as we are debating as to whether we shall
+take the boat out into mid-stream, Twin Dick gives a yell as his stick
+is suddenly whipped out of the sand, and the loose line lying beside it
+rushes away into the water. But Dick is an old hand, and lets his fish
+have his first bolt, and then turns him. "By Jingo! sir, he's a big
+fellow," he cries, as he hauls in, the line now as taut as a telegraph
+wire, and then the other twin comes to his aid, and in a few minutes the
+outline of the fish is seen, coming in straight ahead as quick as they
+can pull him. When he is within ten feet of the beach the boys run up
+the bank and land him safely, as he turns his body into a circle in his
+attempts to shake out the hook. Being called upon to estimate his
+weight, I give it as 11 lbs., much to the twins' sorrow--they think it
+15 lbs.
+
+Half an hour passes, and we catch but half a dozen silvery bream and
+some small baby whiting, for now the sun is beating down upon our heads,
+and our naked feet begin to burn and sting, so we adjourn to the old
+house and rest awhile, leaving our big lines securely tied. But, though
+the breeze for which we wait comes along by two o'clock, the fish do
+not, and so, after disinterring our takes from the wet sand wherein we
+had buried them as caught to prevent them being spoilt by the sun, we
+get aboard again and pull across to the opposite bank of the river.
+Here, in much deeper water, about fifteen feet right under the clayey
+bank, we can see hundreds of fine bream, and now and then some small
+jew-fish. Taking off our sinkers, we have as good and more exciting
+sport among the bream than we had with the whiting, catching between
+four and five dozen by six o'clock. Then, after boiling the billy and
+eating some fearfully tough corned meat, we get into the boat again,
+hoist our sail, and land at the little township just after dark.
+
+Such was one of many similar day's sport on the Hastings, which, with
+the Bellinger, the Nambucca, the Macleay, and the Clarence, affords good
+fishing practically all the year round. Then, besides these tidal
+rivers, there are at frequent intervals along the coast tidal lagoons
+and "blind" creeks where fish congregate in really incredible
+quantities. Such places as Lake Illawarra and Lake Macquarie are fishing
+resorts well known to the tourist; but along the northern coast, where
+the population is scantier, and access by rail or steamer more
+difficult, there is an absolutely new field open to the sportsman--in
+fact, these places are seldom visited for either fishing or shooting by
+people from Sydney. During November and December the bars of these
+rivers are literally black with incredible numbers of coarse
+sea-salmon--a fish much like the English sea-bass--which, making their
+way over the bars, swim up the rivers and remain there for about a week.
+Although these fish, which weigh from 6 lbs. to 10 lbs., do not take a
+bait and are rather too coarse to eat, their roes are very good,
+especially when smoked. They are captured with the greatest of ease,
+either by spearing or by the hand; for sometimes they are in such dense
+masses that they are unable to manoeuvre in small bays; and the urchins
+of coastal towns hail their yearly advent with delight. They usually
+make their first appearance about the second week in November, and are
+always followed by a great number of very large sharks and saw-fish,
+which commit dreadful havoc in their serried and helpless ranks.
+Following the sea-salmon, the rivers are next visited in January by
+shoals of very large sea-mullet--blue-black backs, silvery bellies and
+sides, and yellow fins and tails. These, too, will not take a bait, but
+are caught in nets, and, if a steamer happens to be on the eve of
+leaving for Sydney, many hundreds of baskets are sent away; but they
+barely pay the cost of freight and commission, I believe. There are
+several varieties of sea-mullet, one or two of which will take the hook
+freely, and I have often caught them off the rocky coast of New South
+Wales with a rod when the sea has been smooth. The arrival of the big
+sea-mullet denotes that the season for jew-fish is at its height; and if
+the stranger to Australian waters wants exciting sport let him try
+jew-fishing at night. In deep water off the coast these great fish are
+occasionally caught during daylight, but a dull, cloudy night is best,
+when they may be caught from the beach or river bank in shallow water.
+Very stout lines and heavy hooks are used, for a 90-lb. or l00-lb.
+jew-fish is very common. Baiting with a whole mullet or whiting, or one
+of the tentacles of an octopus, the most amateurish fisherman cannot
+fail to hook two or three jew-fish in a night. (Even in Sydney harbour I
+have seen some very large ones caught by people fishing from ferry
+wharves.) They are very powerful, and also very game, and when they rise
+to the surface make a terrific splashing. At one place on the Hastings
+River, called Blackman's Point, a party of four of us took thirteen
+fish, the heaviest of which was 42 lbs. and the lightest 9 lbs. Next
+morning, however, the Blackman's Point ferryman, who always set a line
+from his punt when he turned in, showed us one of over 70 lbs. When they
+grow to such a size as this they are not eaten locally, as the flesh is
+very often full of thin, thread-like worms. The young fish, however, are
+very palatable.
+
+The saw-fish, to which I have before alluded as harrying the swarms of
+sea-salmon, also make havoc with the jew-fish, and very often are caught
+on jew-fish lines. They are terrible customers to get foul of (I do not
+confound them with the sword-fish) when fishing from a small boat. Their
+huge bone bill, set on both sides with its terrible sharp spikes, their
+great length, and enormous strength, render it impossible to even get
+them alongside, and there is no help for it but either to cut the line
+or pull up anchor and land the creature on the shore. Even then the task
+of despatching one of these fish is no child's play on a dark night, for
+they lash their long tails about with such fury that a broken leg might
+be the result of coming too close. In the rivers of Northern Queensland
+the saw-fish attain an enormous size, and the Chinese fishermen about
+Cooktown and Townsville often have their nets destroyed by a saw-fish
+enfolding himself in them. Alligators, by the way, do the same thing
+there, and are sometimes captured, perfectly helpless, in the folds of
+the nets, in which they have rolled themselves over and over again,
+tearing it beyond repair with their feet, but eventually yielding to
+their fate.
+
+The schnapper, the best of all Australian fish, is too well known to
+English visitors to describe in detail. Most town-bred Australians
+generally regard it as a purely ocean-loving fish, or at least only
+frequenting very deep waters in deep harbours, such as Sydney, Jervis
+Bay, and Twofold Bay. This is quite a mistake, for in many of the
+rivers, twenty or more miles up from the sea, the writer and many other
+people have not only caught these beautiful fish, but seen fishermen
+haul in their nets filled with them. But they seldom remain long,
+preferring the blue depths of ocean to the muddy bottoms of tidal
+rivers, for they are rock-haunting and surf-loving.
+
+Of late years the northern bar harbours and rivers of New South Wales
+have been visited by a fish that in my boyhood's days was unknown even
+to the oldest fisherman--the bonito. Although in shape and size they
+exactly resemble the ocean bonito of tropic seas, these new arrivals are
+lighter in colour, with bands of marbled grey along the sides and belly.
+They bite freely at a running bait--_i.e.,_ when a line is towed astern,
+and are very good when eaten quite fresh, but, like all of the mackerel
+tribe, rapidly deteriorate in a few hours after being caught. The
+majority of the coast settlers will not eat them, being under the idea
+that, as they are all but scaleless, they are "poisonous." This silly
+impression also prevails with regard to many other scaleless fish on the
+Australian coast, some of which, such as the trevally, are among the
+best and most delicate in flavour. The black and white rock cod is also
+regarded with aversion by the untutored settlers of the small coast
+settlements, yet these fish are sold in Sydney, like the schnapper, at
+prohibitive prices.
+
+In conclusion, let me advise any one who is contemplating a visit to
+Australia, and means to devote any of his time to either river or sea
+fishing, to take his rods with him; all the rest of his tackle he can
+buy as cheap in the colonies as he can in England. Rods are but little
+used in salt-water fishing in Australia, and are rather expensive. Those
+who do use a rod are usually satisfied with a bamboo--a very good rod
+it makes, too, although inconvenient to carry when travelling--but the
+generality of people use hand lines. And the visitor must not be
+persuaded that he can always get good fishing without going some
+distance from Sydney or Melbourne. That there is some excellent sport to
+be obtained in Port Jackson in summer is true, but it is lacking in a
+very essential thing--the quietude that is dear to the heart of every
+true fisherman.
+
+
+
+
+_Denison Gets Another Ship_
+
+
+Owing to reduced circumstances, and a growing hatred of the hardships of
+the sea, young Tom Denison (ex-supercargo of the South Sea Island
+trading schooner _Palestine_) had sailed from Sydney to undertake the
+management of an alleged duck-farm in North Queensland. The ducks, and
+the vast area of desolation in which they suffered a brief existence,
+were the property of a Cooktown bank, the manager of which was Denison's
+brother. He was a kind-hearted man, who wanted to help Tom along in the
+world, and, therefore, was grieved when at the end of three weeks the
+latter came into Cooktown humping his swag, smoking a clay pipe, and
+looking exceedingly tired, dirty, and disreputable generally. However,
+all might have gone well even then had not Mrs. Aubrey Denison, the
+brother's wife, unduly interfered and lectured Tom on his "idle and
+dissolute life," as she called it, and made withering remarks about the
+low tastes of sailors other than captains of mail steamers or officers
+in the Navy. Tom, who intended to borrow £10 from his brother to pay his
+passage back to Sydney to look for a ship, bore it all in silence, and
+then said that he should like to give up the sea and become a
+missionary in the South Seas, where he was "well acquainted with the
+natives."
+
+Mrs. Aubrey (who was a very refined young lady) smiled contemptuously,
+and turned down the corners of her pretty little mouth in a manner that
+made the unsuccessful duck-farmer boil with suppressed fury, as she
+remarked that _she_ had heard of some of the shocking stories he had
+been telling the accountant and cashier of the _characters_ of the
+people in the South Seas, and _she_ quite understood _why_ he wished to
+return there and re-associate with his vulgar and wicked companions.
+Now, she added, had he stuck bravely to work with the ducks, the Bank
+(she uttered the word "Bank" in the tone of reverence as one would say
+"The Almighty") would have watched his career with interest, and in time
+his brother would have used his influence with the General Manager to
+obtain a position for him, Tom Denison, in the Bank itself! But, judging
+from _her_ knowledge of his (Tom's) habits and disposition, she would be
+doing wrong to hold out the slightest hope for him now, and------
+
+"Look here, Maud, you're only twenty-two--two years older than me, and
+you talk like an old grandmother;" and then his wrath overpowered his
+judgment--"and you'll look like one before you're twenty-five. Don't you
+lecture _me_. I'm not your husband, _thank Heaven above_! And damn the
+bank and its carmine ducks." (He did not say "carmine," but I study the
+proprieties, and this is not a sanguinary story.)
+
+From the weatherboard portals of the bank Tom strode out in undisguised
+anger, and obtained employment on a collier, discharging coals. Then, by
+an extraordinary piece of good luck, he got a billet as proof-reader on
+the North Queensland _Trumpet Call_, from which, after an exciting three
+weeks, he was dismissed for "general incompetency and wilful neglect of
+his duties." So with sorrow in his heart he had turned to the
+ever-resourceful sea again for a living. He worked his passage down to
+Sydney in an old, heart-broken, wheezing steamer named the _You Yangs_,
+and stepped jauntily ashore with sixteen shillings in his pocket, some
+little personal luggage rolled up in his blanket, and an unlimited
+confidence in his own luck.
+
+Two vessels were due from the South Sea Islands in about a month, and as
+the skippers were both well known to and were on friendly terms with
+him, he felt pretty certain of getting a berth as second mate or
+supercargo on one of them. Then he went to look for a quiet lodging.
+
+This was soon found, and then realising the fact that sixteen shillings
+would not permit him viewing the sights of Sydney and calling upon the
+Governor, as is the usual procedure with intellectual and dead-broke
+Englishmen who come to Australia with letters of introduction from
+people who are anxious to get rid of them, he tried to get temporary
+employment by applying personally at the leading warehouses and
+merchants' offices. The first day he failed; also the second. On the
+third day the secretary of a milk company desired him to call again in
+three days. He did, and was then told by the manager that he "might
+have something" for him in a month or two. This annoyed Tom, as he had
+put on his sole clean collar that morning to produce a good impression.
+He asked the official if six months would not suit him better, as he
+wanted to go away on a lengthy fishing trip with the Attorney-General.
+The manager looked at him in a dignified manner, and then bade him an
+abrupt good-day.
+
+A week passed. Funds were getting low. Eight shillings had been paid in
+advance for his room, and he had spent five in meals. But he was not
+despondent; the _Susannah Booth_, dear, comfortable old wave-puncher,
+beloved of hard-up supercargoes, was due in a week, and, provided he
+could inspire his landlady with confidence until then, all would be
+well.
+
+But the day came when he had to spend his last shilling, and after a
+fruitless endeavour to get a job on the wharves to drive one of the many
+steam winches at work discharging cargo from the various ships, he
+returned home in disgust.
+
+That night, as he sat cogitating in his bedroom over his lucklessness,
+his eye fell on a vegetable monstrosity from Queensland, presented to
+him by one of the hands on board the _You Yangs_. It was a huge, dried
+bean-pod, about four feet long, and contained about a dozen large black
+beans, each about the size of a watch. He had seen these beans, after
+the kernels were scooped out, mounted with silver, and used as
+match-boxes by bushmen and other Australian gentry. It at once occurred
+to him that he might sell it. Surely the thing ought to be worth at
+least five shillings.
+
+In two minutes he was out in the street, but to his disgust found most
+of the shops closed, except the very small retail establishments.
+
+Entering a little grocery store, he approached the proprietor, a man
+with a pale, gargoyle-like face, and unpleasant-looking, raggedy teeth,
+and showing him the bean, asked him to buy it.
+
+The merchant looked at it with some interest and asked Tom what it was
+called.
+
+Tom said it was a _Locomotor Ataxy_. (He didn't know what a _locomotor
+ataxy_ was; but it sounded well, and was all the Latin he knew, having
+heard from his mother that a dissolute brother of hers had been
+afflicted with that complaint, superinduced by spirituous liquors.)
+
+The grocer-man turned the vegetable over and over again in his hand, and
+then asked the would-be vendor if he had any more. Tom said he hadn't.
+The _locomotor ataxy_, he remarked, was a very rare bean, and very
+valuable. But he would sell it cheap--for five shillings.
+
+"Don't want it," said the man rudely, pushing it away contemptuously.
+"It's only a faked-up thing anyway, made of paper-mashy."
+
+Tom tried to convince him that the thing was perfectly genuine, and
+actually grew on a vine in North Queensland; but the Notre Dame
+gargoyle-featured person only heard him with a snort of contempt. It was
+obvious he wouldn't buy it. So, sneeringly observing to the grocer that
+no doubt five shillings was a large sum for a man in such a small way of
+business as he was, Tom went out again into the cold world.
+
+He tried several other places, but no one would even look at the thing.
+After vainly tramping about for over two hours, he turned away towards
+his lodging, feeling very dispirited, and thinking about breakfast.
+
+Turning up a side street called Queen's Place, so as to make a short cut
+home, he espied in a dimly-lighted little shop an old man and a boy
+working at the cobbler trade. They had honest, intelligent faces, and
+looked as if they wanted to buy a _locomotor ataxy_ very badly. He
+tapped at the door and then entered.
+
+"Would you like to buy this?" he said to the old man. He did not like to
+repeat his foolish Latin nonsense, for the old fellow had such a worn,
+kindly face, and his honest, searching eyes met his in such a way that
+he felt ashamed to ask him to buy what could only be worthless rubbish
+to him.
+
+The cobbler looked at the monstrosity wonderingly. "'Tis a rare big
+bean," he said, in the trembling quaver of old age, and with a mumbling
+laugh like that of a pleased child. "I'll give you two shillin's for it.
+I suppose you want money badly, or else you wouldn't be wanderin' about
+at ten o'clock at night tryin' to sell it. I hope you come by it honest,
+young man?"
+
+Tom satisfied him on this score, and then the ancient gave him the two
+shillings. Bidding him good-night, Tom returned home and went to bed.
+
+(Quite two years after, when Denison returned to Sydney from the South
+Seas with more money "than was good for his moral welfare," as his
+sister-in-law remarked, he sought out the old cobbler gentleman and
+bought back his _locomotor ataxy_ bean for as many sovereigns as he had
+been given shillings for it.)
+
+Next morning he was down at the wharves before six o'clock, smoking his
+pipe contentedly, after breakfasting sumptuously at a coffee-stall for
+sixpence. There was a little American barque lying alongside the
+Circular Quay, and some of the hands were bending on her head-sails. Tom
+sat down on the wharf stringer dangling his feet and watching them
+intently. Presently the mate appeared on the poop, smoking a cigar. He
+looked at Tom critically for a moment or so, and then said--
+
+"Looking for a ship, young feller?"
+
+The moment Tom heard him speak, he jumped to his feet, for he knew the
+voice, last heard when the possessor of it was mate of the island
+trading schooner _Sadie Caller_, a year before in Samoa.
+
+"Is that you, Bannister?" he cried.
+
+"Reckon 'taint no one else, young feller. Why, Tom Denison, is it you?
+Step right aboard."
+
+Tom was on the poop in an instant, the mate coming to him with
+outstretched hand.
+
+"What's the matter, Tom? Broke?"
+
+"Stony!"
+
+"Sit down here and tell me all about it. I heard you had left the
+_Palestine_. Say, sling that dirty old pipe overboard, and take one of
+these cigars. The skipper will be on deck presently, and the sight of it
+would rile him terrible. He hez his new wife aboard, and she considers
+pipes ez low-down."
+
+Tom laughed as he thought of Mrs. Aubrey, and flung his clay over the
+side. "What ship is this, Bannister?"
+
+"The _J.W. Seaver_, of 'Frisco. We're from the Gilbert Islands with a
+cargo of copra."
+
+"Who is your supercargo?"
+
+"Haven't got one. Can't get one here, either. Say, Tom, you're the man.
+The captain will jump at getting you! Since he married he considers his
+life too valuable to be trusted among natives, and funks at going ashore
+and doing supercargo's work. Now you come below, and I'll rake out
+enough money to get you a high-class suit of store clothes and shiny
+boots. Then you come back to dinner. I'll talk to him between then and
+now. He knows a lot about you. I'll tell him that since you left the
+_Palestine_ you've been touring your native country to 'expand your
+mind.' _She's_ Boston, as ugly as a brown stone jug, and highly
+intellectual. _He's_ all right, and as good a sailor-man as ever trod a
+deck, but _she's_ boss, runs the ship, and looks after the crew's
+morals. Thet's why we're short-handed. But she'll take to you like
+lightning--when she hears that you've been 'expanding your mind.' Buy a
+second-hand copy of Longfellow's, poems, and tell her that it has been
+your constant companion in all your wanderings among vicious cannibals,
+and she'll just decorate your cabin like a prima-donna's boudoir, darn
+your socks, and make you read some of her own poetry."
+
+That afternoon, Mr. Thomas Denison, clean-shirted and looking eminently
+respectable and prosperous, and feeling once more a man after the
+degrading duck episode in North Queensland, was strolling about George
+Street with Bannister, and at peace with the world and himself. For the
+skipper's wife had been impressed with his intellectuality and modest
+demeanour, and was already at work decorating his cabin--as Bannister
+had prophesied.
+
+
+
+
+_Jack Shark's Pilot_
+
+
+Early one morning as we in the _Palestine_, South Sea trading schooner,
+were sailing slowly between Fotuna and Alofa--two islands lying to the
+northward of Fiji--one of the native hands came aft and reported two
+large sharks alongside. The mate at once dived below for his shark hook,
+while I tried to find a suitable bit of beef in the harness cask. Just
+as the mate appeared carrying the heavy hook and chain, our skipper, who
+was lying on the skylight smoking his pipe, although half asleep,
+inquired if there were "any pilot fish with the brutes."
+
+"Yes, sir," said a sailor who was standing in the waist, looking over
+the side, "there's quite a lot of 'em. I've never seen so many at one
+time before. There's nigh on a dozen."
+
+The captain was on his feet in an instant. "Don't lower that hook of
+yours just yet, Porter," he said to the mate. "I'm going to get those
+pilot fish first. Tom, bring me up my small fishing line."
+
+"They won't take a hook, will they?" I inquired.
+
+"Just you wait and see, sonny. Ever taste pilot fish?"
+
+"No. Are they good to eat?"
+
+"Best fish in the ocean, barring flying-fish," replied the skipper, as,
+after examining his line, he cut off both hook and leaden sinker and
+bent on a small-sized _pa_--a native-made bonito hook cut out from a
+solid piece of pearl-shell.
+
+Then jumping up into the whaleboat which hung in davits on the starboard
+quarter he waited for the sharks to appear, and the mate and I leant
+over the side and watched. We had not long to wait, for in a few minutes
+one came swimming quickly up from astern, and was almost immediately
+joined by the other, which had been hanging about amidships. They were
+both, however, pretty deep down, and at first I could not discern any
+pilot fish. The captain, however, made a cast and the hook dropped in
+the water, about fifty feet in the rear of the sharks; he let it sink
+for less than half a minute, and then began hauling in the line as
+quickly as possible, and at the same moment I saw some of the pilot fish
+quite distinctly--some swimming alongside and some just ahead of their
+detestable companions, which were now right under the counter. Then
+something gleamed brightly, and the shining hook appeared, for a second
+or two only, for two of the "pilots" darted after it with lightning-like
+rapidity, and presently one came to the surface with a splash,
+beautifully hooked, and was swung up into the boat.
+
+"Now for some fun," cried the captain, as tossing the fish to us on deck
+he again lowered the hook. This time it had barely touched the surface
+of the water when away went the line with a rush right under our keel.
+
+"This is a big fellow," said the skipper, and up came another dark blue
+and silver beauty about a foot in length, dropping off the hook just in
+time as he was hoisted clear of the gunwale. Then, in less than ten
+minutes--so eager were they to rush the hook the moment it struck the
+water--five more were jumping about upon the deck or in the boat. Then
+came a calamity, the eighth fish dropped off when half way up and took
+the hook with him, having swallowed it and bitten through the line.
+
+The captain jumped on deck again and began rooting out his bag for
+another small-sized _pa_, but to his disgust could not find one ready
+for use--none of them having the actual "hook" portion lashed to the
+shank, and the operation of lashing one of these cleverly-made native
+hooks takes some little time and patience, for the holes which are bored
+through the base of the "hook" part in order to lash it to the shank are
+very small, and only very fine and strong cord, such as banana-fibre,
+can be used. However, while the irate captain was fussing over his task,
+the mate and I were watching the movements of the sharks and their
+little friends with the greatest interest, having promised the captain
+not to lower the shark hook till he had caught the rest of the pilot
+fish, for he assured us that they would most likely disappear after the
+sharks were captured. (I learned from my own experience afterward that
+he was mistaken, for when a shark is caught at sea his attendants will
+frequently remain with the ship for weeks, or until another shark
+appears, in which case they at once attach themselves to him.)
+
+Both sharks were now swimming almost on the surface, so close to the
+ship that they could have been caught in a running bowline or harpooned
+with the greatest ease; and in fact our native crew, who were very
+partial to shark's flesh, had both harpoon and bowline in readiness in
+case the cunning brutes would not take a bait. They were both of great
+size--the largest being over twelve or thirteen feet in length. With the
+smaller one were three pilot fish, one swimming directly under the end
+of its nose, the others just over its eyes; the larger had but one
+attendant, which kept continually changing its position, sometimes being
+on one side, then on another, then disappearing for a few moments
+underneath the monster's belly, or pressing itself so closely against
+the creature's side that it appeared as if it was adhering to it. I had
+never before seen these fish at such close quarters, and their
+extraordinary activity and seeming attachment to their savage companions
+was most astonishing to witness; occasionally when either of the sharks
+would cease moving, they would take up a position within a few inches of
+its jaws, remain there a few seconds, and then swim under its belly and
+reappear at the tail, then slowly make their way along its back or sides
+to the hideous head again. Sometimes, either singly or all together,
+they would dart away on either side, but quickly returned, never being
+absent more than a minute. These brief excursions showed them to be
+extremely swift, yet when they returned to their huge companions they
+instantly became--at least to all appearance--intensely sluggish and
+languid in their movements, and swam in an undecided, indefinite sort of
+manner as if thoroughly exhausted. But this was but in appearance, for
+suddenly they would again shoot away along the surface of the water with
+lightning-like rapidity, disappear from view of the keenest eye, and,
+ere you could count five, again be beside the vessel swimming as
+leisurely, if not as lazily, as if they were incapable of quickening
+their speed.
+
+Having his line ready again, the captain now began fishing from the
+stern, and succeeded in catching three of the remaining four, the last
+one (which our natives said was the fish which had swallowed the first
+hook) refusing even to look at the tempting bit of iridescent
+pearl-shell. Then the impatient mate lowered his bait over the stern,
+having first passed the line outboard and given the end to three or four
+of the crew, who stood in the waist ready to haul in. The smaller of the
+two sharks was at once hooked, and when dragged up alongside amidships
+struggled and lashed about so furiously that the big fellow came
+lumbering up to see what was the matter, and Billy Rotumah, our native
+boatswain, who was watching for him, promptly drove a harpoon socket
+deeply into him between the shoulders; then, after some difficulty, a
+couple of running bowlines settled them both in a comfortable position
+to be stunned with an axe.
+
+The schooner was at this time within a few miles of a small village on
+Alofa, named Mua, and presently a boat manned by natives boarded us to
+sell yams, taro, pineapples, and bananas, all of which we bought from
+them in exchange for the sharks' livers and some huge pieces of flesh
+weighing two or three hundred pounds. These people (who resemble the
+Samoans in appearance and language) were much impressed and terrified
+when they saw the pilot fish which had been caught, and told our crew
+that ours would be an unlucky ship--that we had done a dangerous and
+foolish thing. Their feeling on the subject was strong; for when I asked
+them if they would take two or three of the fish on shore to Father
+Hervé, one of the French priests living on Fotuna, who was an old
+friend, they started back in mingled terror and indignation, and
+absolutely declined to even touch them. Taking one of the pilot fish up
+I held it by the head between my forefinger and thumb and asked the
+natives if they did not consider it good to look at.
+
+"True," replied a fine, stalwart young fellow, speaking in Samoan, "it
+is good to look at," and then he added gravely, "_Talofa lava ia te
+outou i le vaa nei, ua lata mai ne aso malaia ma le tiga|_" ("Alas for
+all you people on this ship, there is a day of disaster and sorrow near
+you").
+
+I tried to ascertain the cause of their terror, but could only elicit
+the statement that to kill a pilot fish meant direful misfortune. No
+sensible man, they asserted, would do such a senseless and _saua_
+(cruel) thing, and to eat one was an abomination unutterable.
+
+As soon as our visitors had left I hurried to make a closer examination
+of our prizes before the cook took possession of them. Of the eleven,
+only one was over a foot in length, the rest ranged from five to ten
+inches. The beautiful dark blue of the head and along the back, so
+noticeable when first caught, had now lost its brilliancy, and the four
+wide vertical black stripes on the sides had also become dulled,
+although the silvery belly was still as bright as a new dollar. The eyes
+were rather large for such a small fish, and all the fins were
+blue-black, with a narrow white line running along the edges. Their
+appearance even an hour after death was very handsome, and in shape they
+were much like a very plump trout. In the stomachs of some we found
+small flying squid, little shrimps, and other Crustacea.
+
+Our Manila-man cook, although not a genius, certainly knew how to fry
+fish, and that morning we had for breakfast some of Jack Shark's
+pilots--the most delicately-flavoured deep-sea fish I have ever
+tasted--except, perhaps, that wonderful and beautiful creature, the
+flying-fish.
+
+
+
+
+_The "Palu" of the Equatorial Pacific_
+
+
+During a residence of half a lifetime among the various island-groups of
+the North-western and South Pacific, I devoted much of my spare
+time--and I had plenty of it occasionally--to deep-sea fishing, my
+tutors being the natives of the Caroline, Marshall, Gilbert, and Ellice
+Groups.
+
+The inhabitants of the last-named cluster of islands are, as I have
+said, the most skilled fishermen of all the Malayo-Polynesian peoples
+with whom it has been my fortune to have come in contact. The very
+poverty of their island homes--mere sandbanks covered with coconut and
+pandanus palms only--drives them to the sea for their food; for the
+Ellice Islanders, unlike their more fortunate prototypes who dwell in
+the forest-clad, mountainous, and fertile islands of Samoa, Tahiti,
+Raratonga, &c., live almost exclusively upon coconuts, the drupes of the
+pandanus palm, and fish. From their very infancy they look to the sea as
+the main source of their food-supply, either in the clear waters of the
+lagoon, among the breaking surf on the reef, or out in the blue depths
+of the ocean beyond. From morn till night the frail canoes of these
+semi-nude, brown-skinned, and fearless toilers of the sea may be seen by
+the voyager paddling swiftly over the rolling swell of the wide Pacific
+in chase of the _bonito_, or lying motionless upon the water, miles and
+miles away from the land, ground-fishing with lines a hundred fathoms
+long. Then, as the sun dips, the flare of torches will be seen along the
+sandy beaches as the night-seekers of flying-fish launch their canoes
+and urge them through the rolling surf beyond the reef, where, for
+perhaps three or four hours, they will paddle slowly to and fro, just
+outside the white line of roaring breakers, and return to the shore with
+their tiny craft half-filled with the most beautiful and wonderful fish
+in the world. The Ellice Island method of catching flying-fish would
+take too long to explain here, much as I should like to do so; my
+purpose is to describe a very remarkable fish called the _palu_, in the
+capture of which these people are the most skilful. The catching of
+flying-fish, however, bears somewhat on the subject of this article, as
+the _palu_ will not take any other bait but a flying-fish, and therefore
+a supply of the former is a necessary preliminary to _palu_ fishing.
+
+Let us imagine, then, that the bait has been secured, and that a party
+of _palu_-fishers are ready to set out from the little island of
+Nanomaga, the smallest but most thickly populated of the Ellice Group.
+The night must be windless and moonless, the latter condition being
+absolutely indispensable, although, curiously enough, the fish will
+take the hook on an ordinary starlight night. Time after time have I
+tried my luck with either a growing or a waning moon, much to the
+amusement of the natives, and never once did I get a _palu_, although
+other nocturnal-feeding fish bit freely enough.
+
+The tackle used by the natives is made of coconut cinnet, four or
+eight-stranded, of great strength, and capable of holding a fifteen-foot
+shark should one of these prowlers seize the bait. The hook is made of
+wood--in fact, the same as is used for shark-fishing--about one inch and
+a half in diameter, fourteen inches in the shank, with a natural curve;
+the barb, or rather that which answers the purpose of a barb, being
+supplied by a small piece lashed horizontally across the top of the end
+of the curve. These peculiar wooden hooks are _grown_; the roots of a
+tree called _ngiia_, whose wood is of great toughness, are watched when
+they protrude from a bank, and trained into the desired shape; specimens
+of these hooks may be seen in almost any ethnographical museum. To sink
+the line, coral stones of three or four pounds weight are used, attached
+by a very thin piece of cinnet or bark, which, when the fish is struck,
+is always broken by its struggles, and falls off, thus releasing the
+line from an unnecessary weight. It is no light task hauling in a thick,
+heavy line, hanging straight up and down for a length of from
+seventy-five to a hundred fathoms or more!
+
+Each canoe is manned by four men, only two of whom usually fish, the
+other two, one at the bow and the other at the stern, being employed in
+keeping the little craft in a stationary position with their paddles.
+If, however, there is not much current all four lower their lines, one
+man working his paddle with one hand so as to keep from drifting. My
+usual companions were the resident native teacher and two stalwart young
+natives of the island--Tulu'ao and Muli'ao; and I may here indulge in a
+little vanity when I say that my success as a _palu_-fisher was regarded
+as something phenomenal, only one other white man in the group, a trader
+on the atoll of Funafuti, having ever caught a _palu_, or, in fact,
+tried to catch one. But then I had such beautiful tackle that even the
+most skilled native fisherman had no chance when competing with me. My
+lines were of twenty-seven-strand white American cotton, as thick as a
+small goose-quill, and easily handled, never tangling or twisting like
+the native cinnet; and my hooks were the admiration and envy of all who
+saw them. They were of the "flatted" Kirby type, eyed, but with a curve
+in the shank, which was five inches in length, and as thick as a
+lead-pencil. I had bought these in Sydney, and during the voyage down
+had rigged them with snoodings of the very best seizing wire, intending
+to use them for shark-fishing. I had smaller ones down to three inches,
+but always preferred using the largest size, as the _palu_ has a large
+mouth, and it is a difficult matter in a small canoe on a dark night to
+free a hook embedded in the gullet of a fish which is awkward to handle
+even when exhausted, and weighing as much as sixty or seventy pounds;
+while I also knew that any unusual noise or commotion would be almost
+sure to attract some of those most dangerous of all night-prowlers of
+the Pacific, the deep-water blue shark.
+
+Paddling out due westward from the lee side of the island, where the one
+village is situated, we would bring-to in about seventy or eighty
+fathoms. As I always used leaden sinkers, my companions invariably let
+me lower first to test the depth, as with a two or three-pound lead my
+comparatively thin line took but little time in running out and touching
+bottom. A whole flying-fish was used for one bait by the natives, it
+being tied on to the inner curve of the great wooden hook, whilst I cut
+one in half, fore-and-aft, and ran my hook through it lengthwise.
+
+The utmost silence was always observed; and even when lighting our pipes
+we were always careful not to let the reflection of the flame of the
+match fall upon the water, on account of the sharks, which would at once
+be attracted to the canoe, and hover about until they were rewarded for
+their vigilance by seizing the first _palu_ brought to the surface.
+Sometimes a hungry shark will seize the outrigger in his jaws, or get
+foul of it, and upset the canoe, and a capsize under such circumstances
+is a serious matter indeed. For this reason the canoes are never far
+apart from each other; if one should be attacked or disabled by a shark
+the others at once render assistance, and the shark is usually thrust
+through with a lance if he is too big to be captured and killed. All
+haste is then made to get away from the spot, leaving the disturber of
+the proceedings to be devoured by his companions, whom the scent of
+blood soon brings upon the scene.
+
+With ordinary luck we would get our first _palu_ within an hour of
+lowering our lines. At such a great depth as eighty or ninety fathoms a
+bite would scarcely be felt by one of my companions on his thick, heavy,
+and clumsy line; but on mine it was very different, and there was hardly
+an occasion on which I did not secure the first fish. Like most
+bottom-haunting fish in very deep water the _palu_ makes but a brief
+fight. If he can succeed in "getting his head," he will at once rush
+into the coral forest amid which he lives, and endeavour to save himself
+by jamming his body into a cleft or chasm of rock, and let the hook be
+torn from his jaws, which are soft, boneless, and glutinous. Once,
+however, he is dragged clear of the coral he seems to lose all heart;
+and, although he makes an occasional spurt, he grows weaker and weaker
+as he is dragged toward the surface, and when lifted into the canoe is
+apparently lifeless, his large eyes literally standing out of his head,
+and his stomach distended like a balloon. So enormous is the distention
+of the bladder that sometimes it will protrude from the mouth, and then
+burst with a noise like a pistol-shot! Perhaps some of my readers will
+smile at this, but they could see the same thing occur with other
+deep-sea fish besides the _palu_. In the Caroline and Marshall Islands
+there is a species of grey groper which is caught in a depth ranging
+from one hundred to one hundred and fifty fathoms; these fish, which
+range up to two hundred pounds, actually burst their stomachs when
+brought to the surface; for the air in the cavities of the body expands
+on the removal of the great pressure which at such depths keeps it
+compressed.
+
+Now as to the appearance of the _palu_. When first caught, and seen by
+the light of a lantern or torch, it is a dark, silvery grey in colour,
+with prickly, inverted scales--like the feathers of a French fowl of a
+certain breed. The head is somewhat cod-shaped, with eyes quite as large
+as a crown-piece; the teeth are many, small, and soft, and bend to a
+firm pressure; and the bones in the fin and tail are so soft and
+flexible that they may be bent into any shape, but when dried are of the
+appearance and consistency of gelatine. The length of the largest _palu_
+I have seen was five feet six inches, with a girth of about forty
+inches. This one was caught in about ninety fathoms of water; and when I
+opened the stomach I found it to contain five or six undigested fish,
+about seven inches in length, of the groper species, and for which the
+natives of the island had no name or knowledge of beyond the appellation
+_ika kehe_--"unknown fish"--that is, fish which are only seen when taken
+from the stomach of a deep-sea fish, or are brought to the surface or
+washed ashore after some submarine disturbance.
+
+The flesh of the _palu_ is greatly valued by the natives of the
+equatorial islands of the Pacific for its medicinal qualities as a
+laxative, whilst the oil with which it is permeated is much used as a
+remedy for rheumatism and similar complaints. Within half an hour of its
+being taken from the water the skin changes to a dead black, and the
+flesh assumes the appearance of whale blubber. Generally, the fish is
+cooked in the usual native ground-oven as quickly as possible, care
+being taken to wrap it closely up in the broad leaves of the _puraka_
+plant--a species of gigantic taro--in order that none of the oil may be
+lost. Thinking that the oil, which is perfectly colourless and with
+scarcely any odour, might prove of value, I once "tried out" two of the
+largest fish taken, and obtained a gallon. This I sent to a firm of
+drug-merchants in Sydney; but unfortunately the vessel was lost on the
+passage.
+
+The _palu_ does not seem to have a wide habitat. In the Tonga Islands it
+is, I believe, very rare; and in Fiji, Samoa, and other mountainous
+groups throughout Polynesia the natives appear to have no knowledge of
+it, although they have a fish possessing the same peculiar
+characteristics, but of a somewhat different shape. I have fished for it
+without success at half a dozen places in Samoa, in New Britain, and New
+Ireland. But it is generally to be found about the coasts of any of the
+low-lying coral islands of the Union (or Tokelau) Group, the Ellice,
+Gilbert, Marshall, and part of the Caroline archipelagoes. The Gilbert
+Islanders call it _te ika ne peka_--a name that cannot well be
+translated into bald English, though there is a very lucid Latin
+equivalent.
+
+In 1882 I took passage from the Island of Nukufetau in the Ellice Group
+for the Caroline Islands. The vessel was a fine brigantine of 160 tons,
+and was named the _Orwell_. She was, unfortunately, commanded by an
+incompetent, obstinate, self-willed man, who, though a good seaman, had
+no meteorological knowledge and succeeded in losing the ship, when lying
+at anchor, on Peru Island, in the Gilbert Group, ten days after leaving
+Nukufetau, simply through disregarding the local trader's advice to put
+to sea. Disastrous as was the incident to me, for I lost trade goods and
+personal effects to the value of over a thousand pounds, and came ashore
+with what I stood in--to wit, a pyjama suit--and a bag of Chili dollars,
+I had reason to afterwards congratulate myself from a fisherman's point
+of view.
+
+Living on the island was a Swiss, Frank Voliero, whom I have before
+mentioned. He was an ardent deep-sea fisherman, and was on that account
+highly respected by the natives, who otherwise did not care for him, as
+he was of an exceedingly quarrelsome disposition. He was an expert
+_palu_ man, and he and I therefore quickly made Island _bruderschaft_.
+During the three months I remained on Peru we had many fishing trips,
+and caught not less than fifty _palu_. The largest of these was
+evidently a patriarch, for although he was in rather poor condition he
+weighed 136 lbs. and was 6 feet 10 inches in length. Another, hooked at
+a depth of eighty-five fathoms, was only 5 feet 2 inches, and weighed
+129 lbs. Its stomach contained a small octopus with curiously stunted
+tentacles, almost as thick at the tips as they were at the base, but in
+all other respects similar to those found in shallow water upon the
+reefs and in the lagoon.
+
+Both Voliero and myself tried many kinds of bait for _palu,_ believing
+that the native theory that the fish would only take flying-fish was
+wrong. We found that on Peru, any elongated fish, such as gars, silvery
+mullet, or young bonito, were acceptable, and that the tentacle of an
+octopus, after the outer skin was removed, answered just as well. Yet
+further southward among the Pacific Isles, flying-fish is the only bait
+they will take! Evidently, therefore, the _palu_, at the great depths in
+which it lives, is attracted by a brightly-hued fish whose habitat is on
+the surface of the ocean. Why this is so must be decided by
+ichthyologists, for there are no bright, silvery-scaled fish inhabiting
+the ocean at such depths as eighty or a hundred fathoms. And why is it
+that the _palu,_ quiescent by day, and feeding only at night, so eagerly
+seizes a hook baited with a flying-fish--a fish which never descends
+more than a few fathoms below the surface, and which the _palu_ can
+never possibly see except when it is lowered by human hands to, or sinks
+to the bottom?
+
+Of the marvellous efficacy of the _palu_-oil in a case of acute
+rheumatism I can speak with knowledge. The second mate of an
+island-trading schooner of which I was the supercargo, was landed at
+Arorai, in the Line Islands, unable to move, and suffering great agony.
+After two days' massaging with _palu_-oil he recovered and returned to
+his duties.
+
+[Since this was written I have learned that Mr. E.R. Waite, of the
+Sydney Museum, has described the _palu_ as the _Ruvettus pretiosus_,
+"which hitherto was known only from the North Atlantic, and whose
+recorded range is now enormously increased. The Escolar--to give it its
+Atlantic name--has been taken at depths as great as three and four
+hundred fathoms, but can only be taken at night in September and the
+early part of October." I should very much like to learn how the _palu_
+is taken at a depth of four hundred fathoms--eight hundred yards!]
+
+
+
+
+_The Wily "Goanner"_
+
+
+In the early part of the year 1899 a settler named Hardy, residing at
+Glenowlan, in the Rylstone district of New South Wales, about 150 miles
+from Sydney, lost numbers of his lambs during the lambing season.
+Naturally enough, dingoes were suspected, but none were seen. Then other
+sheep--men began to lose lambs, and a close watch was set, with the
+result that iguanas, which are very numerous in this part of the
+country, were discovered to be the murderers of the little "baa-baa's."
+The cause of this new departure in the predatory habits of the
+"goanner"--which hitherto had confined his evil deeds to nocturnal
+visits to the fowl-yards--is stated to be the extermination of the
+opossum, which has driven the cunning reptile to seek for another source
+of food. And, as before the shooting of kangaroos, wallabies, and
+opossums was resorted to as a means of livelihood by hundreds of bushmen
+who had no other employment open to them, the young of these marsupials
+furnished the iguana with an ample supply of food, the theory is very
+probably correct. Poison will be the only method of destroying or
+reducing the numbers of the iguana, who, robber as he is, yet has his
+good points, as has even the sneaking, blood-loving native cat--for both
+are merciless foes to snakes of all kinds; and 'tis better to have an
+energetic and hungry native cat and a score of wily iguanas working
+havoc among the tenants of your fowl-house than one brown or an equally
+deadly "bandy-bandy" snake within half a mile.
+
+In that part of New South Wales in which the writer was born--one of the
+tidal rivers on the northern coast--both snakes and iguanas were
+plentiful, and a source of continual worry to the settlers.
+
+On one occasion some boyish companions and myself set to work to build a
+raft for fishing purposes out of some old and discarded blue gum rails
+which were lying along the bank of the river. Boy-like, we utterly
+disregarded our parents' admonition to put on our boots, and, aided by a
+couple of blackfellows, we moved about the long grass on our bare feet,
+picking up the heavy rails and carrying them on our shoulders, one by
+one, down to the sandy beach, where we were to lash them together.
+Presently we came across a very heavy rail, about eight feet long,
+twelve inches in width, and two inches thick. It was no sooner up-ended
+than we saw half a dozen "bandy-bandies"--the smallest but most deadly
+of Australian snakes, not even excepting the death-adder--lying beneath!
+We gave a united yell of terror and fled as the black and yellow banded
+reptiles--none of which were over eighteen inches in length nor thicker
+than a man's little finger--wriggled between our feet into the long
+grass around us. For some minutes we were too frightened at our escape
+to speak; but soon set to work to complete the raft. Presently one of
+the blackfellows pointed to a tall honeysuckle-tree about fifty feet
+away, and said with a gleeful chuckle, "Hallo, you see him that 'pfeller
+goanner been catch him bandy-bandy?"
+
+Sure enough, an iguana, about three feet in length, was scurrying up the
+rough, ridgy bark of the honeysuckle with a "bandy-bandy" in his jaws.
+He had seized the snake by its head, I imagine, for we could see the
+rest of its form twisting and turning about and enveloping the body of
+its capturer. In a few seconds we saw the iguana ascend still higher,
+then he disappeared with his hateful prey among the loftier branches. No
+doubt he enjoyed his meal.
+
+About a year or so later I was given another instance of the "cuteness"
+of the wicked "goanner." My sister (aged twelve) and myself (two years
+younger) were fishing with bamboo rods for mullet. We were standing, one
+on each side, of the rocky edges of a tiny little bay on the coast near
+Port Macquarie (New South Wales). The background was a short, steep
+beach of soft, snow-white sand, fringed at the high-water margin with a
+dense jungle of wild apple and pandanus-trees.
+
+The mullet bit freely, and as we swung the gleaming, bright-silvered
+fish out of the water on to the rocks on which we stood, we threw them
+up on to the beach, and left them to kick about and coat themselves with
+the clean, white sand--which they did in such an artistic manner that
+one would imagine they considered it egg and breadcrumb, and were
+preparing themselves to fulfil their ultimate and proper use to the
+_genus homo_.
+
+My sister had caught seven and I five, when, the sun being amidships, we
+decided to boil the billy of tea and get something to eat; young mullet,
+roasted on a glowing fire of honeysuckle cobs were, we knew, very nice.
+So, laying down our rods on the rocks, we walked up to the beach--just
+in time to see two "goanners"--one of them with a wriggling mullet in
+his mouth--scamper off into the bush.
+
+A careful search revealed the harrowing fact that nine of the twelve
+fish were missing, and the multitudinous criss-cross tracks on the sand
+showed the cause of their disappearance. My sister sat down on a hollow
+log and wept, out of sheer vexation of spirit, while I lit a fire to
+boil the billy and grill the three remaining mullet. Then after we had
+eaten the fish and drank some tea, we concocted a plan of deadly
+revenge. We took four large bream-hooks, bent them on to a piece of
+fishing-line, baited each hook with a good-sized piece of octopus (our
+mullet bait), and suspended the line between two saplings, about three
+inches above the leaf-strewn ground. Then, feeling confident of the
+success of our murderous device, we finished the billy of tea and went
+back to our fishing. We caught a couple of dozen or more of fine mullet,
+each one weighing not less than 1-1/2 lbs.; and then the incoming tide
+with its sweeping seas drove us from the ledge of rocks to the beach,
+where we changed our bamboo rods for hand-lines with sinkers, and flung
+them, baited with chunks of mullet, out into the breaking surf for
+sea-bream. By four in the afternoon we had caught more fish than we
+could well carry home, five miles away; and after stringing the mullet
+and bream through the gills with a strip of supple-jack cane, we went up
+the beach to our camp for the billy can and basket.
+
+And then we saw a sight that struck terror into our guilty souls--a
+_Danse Macabre_ of three writhing black and yellow, long-tailed
+"goanners," twisting, turning and lashing their sinuous and scaly tails
+in agony as they sought to free their widely-opened jaws from the cruel
+hooks. One had two hooks in his mouth. He was the quietest of the lot,
+as he had less purchase than the other two upon the ground, and with one
+hook in his lower and one in his upper jaw, glared upwards at us in his
+torture and smote his sides with his long, thin tail.
+
+"Oh, you wicked, wicked boy!" said my partner in guilt--at once shifting
+the responsibility of the whole affair upon me--"you ought to be ashamed
+of yourself for doing such a thing! You know well enough that we should
+never hurt a poor, harmless iguana. Oh, _do_ take those horrible hooks
+out of the poor things' mouths and let them go, you wicked, cruel boy!"
+
+With my heart in my mouth I crept round through the scrub, knife in
+hand.
+
+"Go on, you horrible, horrible, coward!" screamed my sister; "one would
+think that the poor things were alligators or sharks. Oh, my goodness,
+if you're so frightened, I'll come and do it myself." With that she
+clambered up into the branches of a pandanus-tree and looked at me
+excitedly, mingled with considerable contempt and much fear.
+
+Being quite wise enough not to attempt to take the hooks out of the
+"goanners'" mouths, I cut the two ends of the line to which they hung.
+They instantly sought refuge on the tree trunks around them; but as each
+"goanner" selected his individual tree, and as they were still connected
+to each other by the line and the hooks in their jaws, their attempts to
+reach a higher plane was a failure. So they fell to upon one another
+savagely.
+
+"Come away, you wicked, thoughtless boy," said my sister, weepingly. "I
+shall never come out with you again; you cruel thing."
+
+Then, overcoming my fear, I valiantly advanced, and gingerly extending
+my arm, cut the tangled-up fishing line in a dozen places; and with my
+bamboo fishing-rod disintegrated the combatants. They stood for a few
+seconds, panting and open-mouthed, and then, with the hooks still fast
+in their jaws, scurried away into the scrub.
+
+
+
+
+_The Ta~nifa of Samoa_
+
+
+Many years ago, at the close of an intensely hot day, I set out from
+Apia, the principal port of Samoa, to walk to a village named Laulii, a
+few miles along the coast. Passing through the semi-Europeanised town of
+Matautu, I emerged out upon the open beach. I was bound on a
+pigeon-shooting trip to the mountains, but intended sleeping that night
+at Laulii with some native friends who were to accompany me. With me was
+a young Manhiki half-caste named Allan Strickland; he was about
+twenty-two years of age and one of the most perfect specimens of
+athletic manhood in the South Pacific.[15] For six months we had been
+business partners and comrades in a small cutter in which we traded
+between Apia and Sava'ii--the largest island of the Samoan group; and
+now after some months of toil we were taking a week's holiday together,
+and enjoying ourselves greatly, although at the time (1873) the country
+was in the throes of an internecine war.
+
+A walk of a mile brought us to the mouth of the Vaivasa River, a small
+stream flowing into the sea from the littoral on our right. The tide was
+high and we therefore hailed a picket who were stationed in the trenches
+on the opposite bank and asked them in a jocular manner not to fire at
+us while we were wading across. To our surprise, for we were both well
+known to and on very friendly terms with the contending parties, half a
+dozen of them sprang up and excitedly bade us not to attempt to cross.
+
+"Go further up the bank and cross to our _olo_ (lines) in a canoe,"
+added a young Manono chief whose family I knew well, "there is a
+_ta~nifa_ about. We saw it last night."
+
+That was quite enough for us--for the name _Ta~nifa_ sent a cold chill
+down our backs. We turned to the right, and after walking a quarter of a
+mile came to a hut on the bank at a spot regarded as neutral ground.
+Here we found some women and children and a canoe, and in less than five
+minutes we were landed on the other side, the women chorusing the
+dreadful fate that would have befallen us had we attempted to cross at
+the mouth of the river.
+
+"_E lima gafa le umi!_" ("'Tis five fathoms long!") cried one old dame.
+
+"And a fathom wide at the shoulders," said another bare-bosomed lady,
+with a shudder. "It hath come to the mouth of the Vaivasa because it
+hath smelt the blood of the three men who were killed in the river here
+two days ago."
+
+"We'll hear the true yarn presently," said my companion as we walked
+down the left-hand bank of the river. "There must be a _ta~nifa_
+cruising about, or else those Manono fellows wouldn't have been so
+scared at us wanting to cross."
+
+As soon as we reached the young chief's quarters, we were made very
+welcome, and were obliged to accept his invitation to remain and share
+supper with himself and his men--all stalwart young natives from the
+little island of Manono--a lovely spot situated in the straits
+separating Upolo from Savaii. Placing our guns and bags in the care of
+one of the warriors, we took our seats on the matted floor, filled our
+pipes anew, and, whilst a bowl of kava was being prepared, Li'o, the
+young chief told us about the advent of the _ta~nifa_.
+
+Let me first of all, however, explain that the _ta~nifa_ is a somewhat
+rare and greatly-dreaded member of the old-established shark family. By
+many white residents in Samoa it was believed to occasionally reach a
+length of from twenty to twenty-five feet; as a matter of fact it seldom
+exceeds ten feet, but its great girth, and its solitary, nocturnal habit
+of haunting the mouths of shallow streams has invested it even to the
+native mind with fictional powers of voracity and destruction. Yet,
+despite the exaggerated accounts of the creature, it is really a
+dreadful monster, rendered the more dangerous to human life by the
+persistency with which it frequents muddied and shallow water,
+particularly after a freshet caused by heavy rain, when its presence
+cannot be discerned.
+
+Into the port of Apia there fall two small streams--called "rivers" by
+the local people--the Mulivai and the Vaisigago, and I was fortunate to
+see specimens of the _ta~nifa_ on three occasions, twice at the
+Vaisigago, and once at the mouth of the Mulivai, but I had never seen
+one caught, or even sufficiently exposed to give me an idea of its
+proportions. Many natives, however--particularly an old Rarotongan named
+Hapai, who lived in Apia, and was the proud capturer of several
+_ta~nifa_--gave me a reliable description, which I afterwards
+verified.
+
+A _ta~nifa_ ten feet long, they assured me, was an enormously bulky and
+powerful creature with jaws and teeth much larger than an ocean-haunting
+shark of double that length; the width across the shoulders was very
+great, and although it generally swam slowly, it would, when it had once
+sighted its prey, dart along under the water with great rapidity without
+causing a ripple. At a village in Savaii, a powerfully built woman who
+was incautiously bathing at the mouth of a stream was seized by one of
+these sharks almost before she could utter a cry, so swiftly and
+suddenly was she attacked. Several attempts were made to capture the
+brute, which continued to haunt the scene of the tragedy for several
+days, but it was too cunning to take a hook and was never caught.
+
+This particular _ta~nifa_, which had been seen by the young Manono
+chief and his men on the preceding evening had made its appearance soon
+after darkness had fallen and had cruised to and fro across the mouth of
+the Vaivasa till the tide began to fall, when it made its way seaward
+through a passage in the reef. It was, so Li'o assured me, quite eight
+feet in length and very wide across the head and shoulders. The water
+was clear and by the bright starlight they had discerned its movements
+very easily; once it came well into the river and remained stationary
+for some minutes, lying under about two feet of water. Some of the
+Manono men, hailing a picket of the enemy on the opposite bank of the
+river, asked for a ten minutes' truce to try and shoot it; this was
+granted, and standing on top of the sandy trench, half a dozen young
+fellows fired a volley at the shark from their Sniders. None of the
+bullets took effect and the _ta~nifa_ sailed slowly off again to
+cruise to and fro for another hour, watching for any hapless person who
+might cross the river.
+
+Just as the kava was being handed round, some children who were on watch
+cried out that the _ta~nifa_ had come. Springing to his feet, Li'o
+again hailed the enemy's picket on the other side, and a truce was
+agreed to, so that "the white men could have a look at the
+_ma|lie_"--shark.
+
+Thirty or forty yards away was what seemed to be a huge, irregular and
+waving mass of phosphorus which, as it drew nearer, revealed the
+outlines of the dreaded fish. It came in straight for the mouth of the
+creek, passed over the pebbly bar, and then swam leisurely about in the
+brackish water, moving from bank to bank at less than a dozen feet from
+the shore. The stream of bright phosphorescent light which had
+surrounded its body when it first appeared had now, owing to there being
+but a minor degree of phosphorus in the brackish water, given place to
+a dulled, sickly, greenish reflection, accentuated however by thin,
+vivid streaks, caused by the exudation from the gills of a streaming,
+viscid matter, common to some species of sharks, and giving it a truly
+terrifying and horrible appearance. Presently a couple of natives,
+taking careful aim, fired at the creature's head; in an instant it
+darted off with extraordinary velocity, rushing through the water like a
+submerged comet--if I may use the illustration. Both of the men who had
+fired were confident their bullets had struck and badly wounded the
+shark, but were greatly disgusted when, ten minutes later, it again
+appeared, swimming leisurely about, at ten fathoms from the beach.
+
+Three days later, as we were returning to Apia, we were told by our
+native friends that the shark still haunted the mouth of the Vaivasa;
+and I determined to capture it. I sent Allan on board the cutter for our
+one shark hook--a hook which had done much execution among the sea
+prowlers. Although not of the largest size, being only ten inches in the
+shank, it was made of splendid steel, and we had frequently caught
+fifteen-feet sharks with it at sea. It was a cherished possession with
+us and we always kept it--and the four feet of chain to which it was
+attached--bright and clean.
+
+In the evening Allan returned, accompanied by the local pilot (a Captain
+Hamilton) and the fat, puffing, master of a German barque. They wanted
+"to see the fun." We soon had everything in readiness; the hook, baited
+with the belly-portion of a freshly-killed pig (which the Manono people
+had commandeered from a bush village) was buoyed to piece of light _pua_
+wood to keep it from sinking, and then with twenty fathoms of brand-new
+whale line attached, we let it drift out into the centre of the passage.
+Then making our end of the line fast to the trunk of a coconut tree, we
+set some children to watch, and went into the trenches to drink some
+kava, smoke, and gossip.
+
+We had not long to wait--barely half an hour--when we heard a warning
+yell from the watchers. The _ta~nifa_ was in sight.
+
+Jumping up and tumbling over each other in our eagerness we rushed out;
+but alas! too late for the shark; for instead of approaching in its
+usual leisurely manner, it made a straight dart at the bait, and before
+we could free our end of the line it was as taut as an iron bar, and the
+creature, with the hook firmly fastened in his jaw, was ploughing the
+water into foam, amid yells of excitement from the natives. Then
+suddenly the line fell slack, and the half-a-dozen men who were holding
+it went over on their backs, heels up.
+
+In mournful silence we hauled it in, and then, oh woe! the hook, our
+prized, our beautiful hook, was gone! and with it two feet of the chain,
+which had parted at the centre swivel. That particular _ta~nifa_ was
+seen no more.
+
+Nearly two months later, two _ta~nifa_ of a much larger size, appeared
+at the mouth of the Vaivasa. Several of the white residents tried, night
+after night, to hook them, but the monsters refused to look at the
+baits. Then appeared on the scene an old one-eyed Malay named 'Reo, who
+asserted he could kill them easily. The way in which he set to work was
+described to me by the natives who witnessed the operations. Taking a
+piece of green bamboo, about four feet in length, he split from it two
+strips each an inch wide. The ends of these he then, after charring the
+points, sharpened carefully; then by great pressure he coiled them up
+into as small a compass as possible, keeping the whole in position by
+sewing the coil up in the fresh skin of a fish known as the _isuumu
+moana_--a species of the "leather-jacket." Then he asked to be provided
+with two dogs. A couple of curs were soon provided, killed, and the
+viscera removed. The coils of bamboo were then placed in the vacancy and
+the skin of the bellies stitched up with small wooden skewers. That
+completed the preparation of the baits.
+
+As soon as the two sharks made their appearance, one of the dead dogs
+was thrown into the water. It was quickly swallowed. Then the second
+followed, and was also seized by the other _ta~nifa_. The creatures
+cruised about for some hours, then went off, as the tide began to fall.
+
+On the following evening they did not turn up, nor on the next; but the
+Malay insisted that within four or five days both would be dead. As soon
+as the dogs were digested, he said, the thin fish-skin would follow, the
+bamboo coil would fly apart, and the sharpened ends penetrate not only
+the sharks' intestines, but protrude through the outer skin as well.
+
+Quite a week afterwards, during which time neither of the _ta~nifa_
+had been seen alive, the smaller of the two was found dead on the beach
+at Vailele Plantation, about four miles from the Vaivasa. It was
+examined by numbers of people, and presented an extremely interesting
+sight; one end of the bamboo spring was protruding over a foot from the
+belly, which was so cut and lacerated by the agonised efforts of the
+monster to free itself from the instrument of torture, that much of the
+intestines was gone.
+
+That the larger of these dreaded fish had died in the same manner there
+was no reason to doubt; but probably it had sunk in the deep water
+outside the barrier reef.
+
+
+
+
+_On Board the "_Tucopia_."
+
+
+The little island trading barque _Tucopia_, Henry Robertson, master, lay
+just below Garden Island in Sydney Harbour, ready to sail for the
+Friendly Islands and Samoa as soon as the captain came on board. At nine
+o'clock, as Bruce, the old, white-haired, Scotch mate, was pointing out
+to Mrs. Lacy and the Reverend Wilfrid Lacy the many ships around, and
+telling them from whence they came or where they were bound, the second
+mate called out--
+
+"Here's the captain's boat coming, sir."
+
+Bruce touched his cap to the pale-faced, violet-eyed clergyman's wife,
+and turning to the break of the poop, at once gave orders to "heave
+short," leaving the field clear to Mr. Charles Otway, the supercargo of
+the _Tucopia_, who was twenty-two years of age, had had seven years'
+experience of general wickedness in the South Seas, thought he was in
+love with Mrs. Lacy, and that, before the barque reached Samoa, he would
+make the lady feel that the Reverend Wilfrid was a serious mistake, and
+that he, Charles Otway, was the one man in the world whom she could love
+and be happy with for ever. So, being a hot-blooded and irresponsible
+young villain, though careful and decorous to all outward seeming, he
+set himself to work, took exceeding care over his yellow, curly hair,
+and moustache, and abstained from swearing in Mrs. Lacy's hearing.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+A week before, Mr. and Mrs. Lacy had called at the owner's office and
+inquired about a passage to Samoa in the _Tucopia_, and Otway was sent
+for.
+
+"Otway," said the junior partner, "can you make room on the _Tucopia_
+for two more passengers--nice people, a clergyman and his wife."
+
+"D----all nice people, especially clergymen and their wives," he
+answered promptly--for although the youngest supercargo in the firm, he
+was considered, the smartest--and took every advantage of the fact. "I'm
+sick of carting these confounded missionaries about, Mr. Harry. Last
+trip we took two down to Tonga--beastly hymn-grinding pair, who wanted
+the hands to come aft every night to prayers, and played-up generally
+with the discipline of the ship. Robertson never interfered, and old
+Bruce, who is one of the psalm-singing kidney himself, encouraged the
+beasts to turn the ship into a floating Bethel."
+
+"Mr. Harry" laughed good-naturedly. "Otway, my boy, you mustn't put on
+so much side--the firm can't afford it. If you hadn't drunk so much
+whisky last night you would be in a better temper this morning."
+
+"Oh, if you've got some one else to take my billet on the _Tucopia_,
+why don't you say so, instead of backing and filling about, like a
+billy-goat in stays? _I_ don't care a damn if you load the schooner up
+to her maintop with sky-pilots and their dowdy women-kind. I've had
+enough of 'em, and I hereby tender you my resignation. I can get another
+and a better ship to-morrow, if--"
+
+"Sit down, you cock-a-hoopy young ass," and "Mr. Harry" hit the
+supercargo a good-humoured but stiff blow in the chest. "These people
+aren't missionaries; they're a cut above the usual breed. Man's a
+gentleman; woman's as sweet as a rosebud. Now look here, Otway; we give
+you a pretty free hand generally, but in this instance we want you to
+stretch a point--you can give these people berths in the trade-room,
+can't you?"
+
+The supercargo considered a moment. "There's a lot returning this trip.
+First, there's the French priest for Wallis Island--nice old buffer, but
+never washes, and grinds his teeth in his sleep--he's in the cabin next
+to mine; old Miss Wiedermann for Tonga--cabin on starboard side--fussy
+old cat, who is always telling me that she can distinctly hear
+Robertson's bad language on deck. But her brother is a good sort, and so
+I put up with her. Then there's Captain Burr, in the skipper's cabin,
+two Samoan half-caste girls in the deck-house--there's going to be
+trouble over those women, old Bruce says, and I don't doubt it--and the
+whole lot will have their meals in the beastly dog-kennel you call a
+saloon, and I call a sweat-box."
+
+"Thank you, Mr. Otway. Your elegant manner of speaking shows clearly
+the refining influence of the charming people with whom you associate.
+Just let me tell you this--you looked like a gentleman a year or two
+ago, but become less like one every day."
+
+"No wonder," replied Otway sullenly, "the Island trade is not calculated
+to turn out Chesterfields. I'm sick enough of it, now we are carrying
+passengers as well as cargo. I suppose the firm will be asking us
+supercargoes to wear uniform and brass buttons soon, like the ticket
+collector on a penny ferry."
+
+"Quite likely, my sulky young friend--quite likely, if it will pay us to
+do so."
+
+"Then I'll clear out, and go nigger-catching again in the Solomons.
+That's a lot better than having to be civil to people who worry the soul
+out of you, are always in the way at sea, and a beastly nuisance in
+port. Why, do you know what old Miss Weidermann did at Manono, in Samoa,
+when we were there buying yams three months ago?"
+
+"No; what did she do?"
+
+"Got the skipper and myself into a howling mess through her infernal
+interference; and if the chiefs and old Mataafa himself had not come to
+our help there would have been some shooting, and this firm could never
+have sent another ship to Manono again. It makes me mad when I think of
+it--the silly old bundle of propriety and feminine spite."
+
+"Tell me all about it, Otway. 'Twill do you good, I can see, to unburden
+yourself of some of your bad temper. Shut that door, and we'll have a
+brandy-and-soda together."
+
+"Well," said Otway, "this is what occurred. I was ashore in the village,
+buying and weighing the yams, the skipper was lending me a hand, and
+everything was going on bully, when Mataafa and his chiefs sent an
+invitation to us to come up to his house and drink kava. Of course such
+an invitation from the native point of view was a great honour; and
+then, besides that, it was good business to keep in with old Mataafa,
+who had just given the Germans a thrashing at Vailele, and was as proud
+as a dog with two tails. So, although I hate kava, I accepted the
+invitation with 'many expressions of pleasure,' and felt sure that as
+the old fellow knew me of old, and I knew he wanted to buy some rifles,
+that I should get the bulk of a bag of sovereigns his mongrel, low-down
+American secretary was carrying around. So oft went the skipper and I,
+letting the yams stand over till we returned; the barque was lying about
+a mile off the beach. Mataafa was very polite to us, and during the kava
+drinking I found out that he had about three hundred sovereigns, and
+wanted to see the Martini-Henrys we had on board. Of course I told him
+that it would be a serious business for the ship if he gave us
+away--imprisonment in a dreadful dungeon in Fiji, if not hanging at the
+yard-arm or a man-of-war--and the old cock winked his eye and laughed.
+Then, as time was valuable, we at once concocted a plan to get the
+rifles--fifty--ashore without making too much of a show. Well, among
+some of the women present there were two great swells, one was the
+_taupo_, or town maid, of Palaulae in Savaii, and the other was a niece
+of Mataafa himself. These two, accompanied by a lot of young women of
+Manono, were to go off on board the barque in our boats, ostensibly to
+pay their respects to the white lady on board, and invite her on shore,
+so as to get her out of the way; then I was to pass the arms out of the
+stern ports into some canoes which would be waiting just as it became
+dark. About five o'clock they started off in one boat, leaving me and
+the skipper to follow in another. I had sent a note off to the mate
+telling him all about the little game, and to be mighty polite to the
+two chief women, who were to be introduced to Miss Weidermann, give the
+old devil some presents of mats, fruits, and such things, and ask her to
+come ashore as Mataafa's guest.
+
+"Well, something had gone wrong with the Weidermann's temper; for when
+the women came on board she was sulking in her cabin, and refused to
+show her vinegary face outside her state-room door. Thinking she would
+get over her tantrum in a few minutes, the mate invited the two Samoan
+ladies and their attendants down into the cabin, where they awaited her
+appearance, behaving themselves, of course, very decorously, it being a
+visit of ceremony.
+
+"Presently Old Cat-face opened her door, and then, without giving the
+native ladies time to utter a word, she launched out at them in her
+bastard-mongrel Samoan-Tongan. The first thing she said was that she
+knew the kind of women they were, and what had brought them on board!
+How dared such brazen, shameless cattle come into the cabin! Into the
+same cabin as a white lady! The bold, half-naked, disgraceful hussies,
+etc., etc. And then she capped the thing by calling to the steward to
+come and drive them out!
+
+"Not one of the native women could answer her. They were all simply
+dumbfounded at such a gross insult, and left the cabin in silence. The
+mate tried to smooth things over, but one of the women--Mataafa's
+niece--gave him a look that told him to say no more. In half an hour the
+whole lot of them were back on the beach, and came up to the chiefs
+house, where the skipper and myself were having a final drink of kava
+with old Mataafa and his _faipule_.[16] The face of the elder of the two
+women was blazing with anger, and then, pointing to the captain and
+myself, she gave us such a tongue-lashing for sending her off to the
+ship to be shamed and insulted, that made us blush. Old Mataafa waited
+until she had finished, and then, with an ugly gleam in his eye but
+speaking very quietly, asked us what it meant.
+
+"What _could_ we say but that it was no fault of ours; and then, by a
+happy inspiration, I added that although Miss Weidermann was generally
+well-conducted enough, she sometimes got blazing drunk, and made a beast
+of herself. This explanation satisfied the chiefs, if not the women, and
+everything went on smoothly. And as it was then nearly dark, and I was
+determined that Mataafa should get his rifles, half a dozen of his men
+took us off in their canoes, and we went on board. The skipper and I had
+fixed up as to what we should do with the Weidermann creature. She was
+seated at the cabin table waiting to open out on us, but the skipper
+didn't give her a chance.
+
+"'Go to your cabin at once, madam,' he said solemnly, 'and I trust you
+will not again leave it in your present condition. Your conduct is
+simply astounding. _Steward, see that you give Miss Weidermann no more
+grog_.'
+
+"The poor old girl thought that either he or she herself was going mad,
+but he gave her no time to talk. The captain opened her state-room door,
+gently pushed her in, and put a man outside to see that she didn't come
+out again. Then we handed out the rifles through the stern-ports to the
+natives in the canoes, and sent them away rejoicing. And that's the end
+of the yarn, and Miss Weidermann nearly went into a fit next morning
+when we told her that no less than thirty respectable native women had
+taken their oaths that she was mad drunk, and abused them vilely."
+
+The junior partner laughed loudly at the story, and Otway, with a more
+amiable look on his face, rose.
+
+"Well, I'll do what I can for these people. I'll make room for them
+somehow. Where are they going?"
+
+"Samoa. They have an idea of settling down there, I think, for a few
+months, and then going on to China. They have plenty of money,
+apparently."
+
+"Oh, well, tell them to come on board to-morrow, and I'll show them what
+can be done for them."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+So the Rev. and Mrs. Lacy did come on board, and Mr. Charles Otway was
+vanquished by just one single glance from the lady's violet eyes.
+
+"It would have been such a dreadful disappointment to us if we could not
+have obtained passages in the _Tucopia_," she said, in her soft, sweet
+voice, as she sank back in the deck-chair he placed before her. "My
+husband is so bent on making a tour through Samoa. Now, do tell me, Mr.
+Otway, are these islands so very lovely?"
+
+"Very, very lovely, Mrs. Lacy," replied Otway, leaning with his back
+against the rail and regarding her with half-closed eyes; "as sweet and
+fair to look upon as a lovely woman--a woman with violet eyes and lips
+like a budding rose."
+
+She gave him one swift glance, seemingly in anger, yet her eyes smiled
+into his; then she bent her head and regarded the deck with intense
+interest. Otway thought he had scored. She was sure _she_ had.
+
+Otway had just shown her and her husband his own cabin, and had told
+them that they could occupy it--he would make himself comfortable in the
+trade-room, he said. This was after the first look from the violet eyes.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Robertson, the skipper, came aboard, shook hands with Mrs. Lacy and her
+husband, nodded to the other passengers, dived below for a moment or
+two, and then reappeared on deck, full of energy, blasphemy, and anxiety
+to get under way. In less than an hour the smart barque was outside the
+Heads, and heeling over to a brisk south-westerly breeze. Two days later
+she was four hundred miles on her course.
+
+The Rev. Wilfrid Lacy soon made himself very agreeable to the rest of
+the passengers, who all agreed that he was a splendid type of parson,
+and even Otway, who had as much principle as a rat and began making love
+to his wife from the outset, liked him. First of all, he was not the
+usual style of travelling clergyman. He didn't say grace at meals, he
+smoked a pipe, drank whisky and brandy with Otway and Robertson, told
+rattling good stories, and displayed an immediate interest when the
+skipper mentioned that the second mate was a "bit of a bruiser," and
+that there were gloves on board; and the second mate, a nuggety little
+Tynesider, at once consented to a friendly mill as soon as he was off
+duty.
+
+"Wilfrid," said Mrs. Lacy, "you'll shock every one. I can see that
+Captain Robertson wonders what sort of a clergyman you are."
+
+Robertson saw the merry light in her dark eyes, and then laughed aloud
+as he saw Miss Weidermann's face. It expressed the very strongest
+disapproval, and during the rest of the meal the virgin lady preserved a
+dismal silence. The rest of the passengers, however, "took" to the
+clerical gentleman at once. With old Father Roget--the Marist
+missionary who sat opposite him--he soon entered into an animated
+conversation, while the two De Boos girls, vivacious Samoan half-castes,
+attached themselves to his wife. Seated beside Otway was another
+passenger, an American skipper named Burr, who was going to Apia to take
+command of a vessel belonging to the same firm as the _Tucopia_. He was
+a silent, good-looking man of about sixty, and possessed of much caustic
+humour and a remarkable fund of smoking-room stories, which, on rare
+occasions, he would relate in an inimitable, drawling manner, as if he
+was tired. The chief mate was a deeply but not obtrusively religious
+Scotsman; the second officer, Allen, was a young man of thirty, an
+excellent seaman, but rough to the verge of brutality with the crew.
+Bruce, on the other hand, was too easy-going and patient.
+
+"I never want to raise my hand against a man," he said one day, as a
+protest, when Allen gave one of the crew an unmerciful cuff which sent
+him down as if he had been shot.
+
+"Neither do I," replied Allen, "I prefer raising my foot. But it's
+habit, Mr. Bruce, only habit."
+
+For five days the barque ran steadily on an E.N.E. course, then on the
+sixth day the wind hauled, and by sunset it was blowing hard from the
+eastward with a fast-gathering sea. By two in the morning Robertson and
+his officers knew that they were in for a three-days' easterly gale; a
+few hours later it was decided to heave-to, as the sea had become
+dangerous, and the little vessel was straining badly. Just after this
+had been done, the gale set in with redoubled fury, and when Mrs. Lacy
+came on deck shortly before breakfast, she shuddered at the wild
+spectacle. Coming to the break of the poop, she clasped the iron rail
+with both hands, and gazed fearfully about her.
+
+"You had better go below, ma'am," said the second mate, who was standing
+near, talking to Otway, "there's some nasty, lumpy seas."
+
+Then he gave a yell.
+
+"Look out there!"
+
+Springing to Mrs. Lacy's side, he clasped his left arm around her waist,
+and held on tightly to the iron rail with his right, just as a vast
+mountain of water took the barque amidships, fell on her deck with
+terrific force, and fairly buried her from the topgallant foc'scle to
+the level of the poop. In less than half a minute the galley, for'ard
+deck-house, long-boat, which was lying on the main hatch, and the port
+bulwarks had vanished, together with three poor seamen who were asleep
+in the deck-house. The fearful crash brought the captain flying on deck.
+One glance showed him that there was no chance of saving the men--to
+attempt to lower a boat in such a sea was utterly impossible, and would
+be madness itself. He sighed, and then took off his cap. Allen and Otway
+followed his example.
+
+"Is there no hope for them?" Mrs. Lacy whispered to Otway.
+
+"None," replied the supercargo in a low voice. "None." Then he urged her
+to go below, as it was not safe for her to remain on deck. She went at
+once, and met her husband just as he was leaving their cabin.
+
+"What is the matter, Nell?" he asked, as he saw that tears were in her
+eyes.
+
+"Three poor men have been carried overboard, Wilfrid. They were in the
+deck-house asleep ten minutes ago--now they are gone! Oh, isn't it
+dreadful, dreadful!" And then she sat down beside him and wept silently.
+
+Breakfast was a forlorn meal--Robertson and his officers were not
+present, and Otway took the captain's seat. He, too, only remained to
+drink a cup of coffee, then hurriedly went on deck. Lacy rose at the
+same time, but at the foot of the companion, Otway motioned him to stop.
+
+"Don't come on deck awhile, if you please," he said, "and tell the
+ladies to keep to the cabin."
+
+"Anything fresh gone wrong?"
+
+"Yes," replied the supercargo, looking steadily at the clergyman--"the
+ship is making water badly. Don't you hear the pumps going? Tell the
+ladies not to come on deck--say it is not safe. And if the old
+Weidermann girl hears the pumps, and gets inquisitive, tell her that a
+lot of water got into the hold when that big sea tumbled aboard. She's
+an inquisitive old ass, and would be bound to tell the other ladies that
+the ship is in danger."
+
+Lacy nodded. "All right, I'll see to her. How long has the ship been
+leaking?"
+
+"For quite a long time. And there is fourteen inches in her, and it's as
+much as we can do to keep it under."
+
+"That is serious."
+
+Otway nodded. "Yes, it is serious in weather like this. Now I must go.
+Daresay we may give you a call in the course of the morning. Ever try a
+spell at old-fashioned brake pumps? Fine exercise."
+
+"I'm ready now if you want me," was the quiet answer.
+
+The _Tucopia_ was indeed in a pretty bad case. Immediately after the
+fatal sea had swept her decks the carpenter had sounded the well and
+found fifteen inches of water, some little of which had got below
+through the fore-scuttle, but the greater portion, it was soon evident,
+was the result of a leak. The barque was a comparatively new vessel, and
+Robertson and his officers, after two hours' pumping, came to the
+conclusion that she had either strained herself badly or a butt-end had
+started somewhere.
+
+For two hours the crew worked at the pumps, taking a spell of ten
+minutes every half-hour, Otway, the American captain Burr, and Mr. Lacy
+all lending a hand. Then the well was sounded, and showed two inches
+less.
+
+Robertson ordered the men to come aft and get a glass of grog. They
+trooped down into the cabin wet and exhausted, and the steward served
+them each out half a tumblerful of good French brandy. They drank it
+off, and then went on deck again to have a smoke before resuming
+pumping. A quarter of an hour later the pumps choked. There were a
+hundred tons of coal in the lower hold, and some of the small of it had
+been drawn up. By the time the carpenter had them cleared the water had
+gained seven inches, and the little barque was labouring heavily. Again,
+however, the willing crew turned to and pumped steadily for another
+hour, but only succeeded in reducing the water by an inch or two. Then
+Robertson called his officers together and consulted.
+
+"We can't keep on like this much longer," he said, "the water is gaining
+on us too fast. And we can't run before such a sea as this, in our
+condition; we should be pooped in less than five minutes. We shall have
+to take to the boats in another couple of hours, unless a change takes
+place. Mr. Allen, and you, Mr. Otway, see to the two boats, and get them
+in readiness."
+
+Then he went below to the passengers. They were all seated in the main
+cabin, and looked anxiously at him as he entered.
+
+"I am sorry to tell you, ladies," he said quietly, "that the ship is
+leaking so badly that I fear we shall have to abandon her. The men
+cannot keep on pumping much longer, now that we are three hands short.
+Fortunately we have two good boats, and, if we must take to them, shall
+have no trouble in reaching land."
+
+They heard him in silence, then the old priest opened his state-room
+door, and came out.
+
+"That is bad news indeed, captain," he said gently. "Still we must bow
+to God's will, and trust to His guidance and protection. And you and
+your officers and crew are good and brave seamen."
+
+"Thank you, father. We'll do all right if we have to take to the boats.
+And you must try and cheer up the ladies. Now I must leave you all for
+awhile. We will stick to the pumps for another hour or two."
+
+"Captain," said Sarah de Boos, a tall, finely built young woman of
+twenty, "let my sister and myself and our servant help the men at the
+pump. _Do_, please. We are all three very strong, and our help is surely
+worth having."
+
+Robertson patted her soft cheek with his big, sunburnt hand. "You are
+your father's daughter, Sarah, and I thank you. Of course your help
+would be something; three fine lusty young women"--he tried to
+smile--"but it's too dangerous for you to be on deck. All the bulwarks
+are gone, and nasty lumping seas come aboard every now and then."
+
+"I'm not afraid of a life-line hurting my waist," was the prompt answer,
+"and neither is Sukie--are you Sukie? Go on deck, captain, and Sukie and
+I and Mina" (the servant) "will just kick off our boots and follow you."
+
+"And I too," broke in old Father Roget. "Surely I am not too old to
+help."
+
+In less than five minutes the two half-caste girls, the native woman
+Mina, and the old priest, were working the starboard brake, three seamen
+being on the lee side. Every now and then, as the barque took a heavy
+roll to windward, the water would flood her deck up to the workers'
+knees; but they stuck steadily to their task for half an hour, when they
+gave place to Burr, the carpenter, the Rev. Wilfrid, and three native
+seamen.
+
+In the cabin Mrs. Lacy sat with ashen-hued face beside Miss Weidermann,
+their hands clasped together, and listening to the wild clamour of the
+wind and sea. Presently the two De Boos girls, Lacy, Father Roget, and
+Mina, came below to rest awhile, the water streaming from their sodden
+garments. The old priest, thoroughly exhausted, threw himself down upon
+the transom locker cushions.
+
+"Wilfrid," said Mrs. Lacy coming over to him and placing her shaking
+hand on his shoulder, "cannot I do something? Oh, Miss De Boos, I wish I
+were brave, like you. But I am not--I am a coward, and I hate myself for
+it."
+
+The Rev. Wilfrid smiled tenderly at her as he drew her to him for a
+moment. "Don't worry, little woman. You can't do anything--yes, you can,
+though! Get me my pipe and fill it for me. My hands are wet and
+cramped."
+
+Sukie De Boos, whose firm, rounded bosom and strong square shoulders
+made a startling contrast, as they revealed their shape under her
+soddened blouse, to Mrs. Lacy's fragile figure, impulsively put her
+hands out, and taking Mrs. Lacy's face between them, kissed her twice.
+
+"Dear Mrs. Lacy," she said, "don't be frightened, please. Now get Mr.
+Lacy's pipe, and I'll rummage the steward's pantry and get some food for
+us all to eat. Mr. Otway told me to tell you and Miss Weidermann to eat
+something, as maybe we may not get anything for some hours. So I'm just
+going to stay here and see that every one _does_ eat. I'll set you a
+good example."
+
+In a few minutes she laid upon the table an assortment of tinned meats,
+bread, and some bottled beer, and some brandy for Father Roget and Lacy.
+Otway came down, followed by the steward, and nodded approval.
+
+"That's right, Sukie. Eat as much as you can. I'll take a drink myself.
+Here's luck to you, Sukie. Perhaps we won't have to make up a boating
+party after all. But there's nothing like being ready. So will you, Mr.
+Lacy, lend a hand here with the steward, and pass up our provisions to
+the second mate? The captain will be down in a minute, and will tell you
+ladies what clothing to get ready. For my part I'll be jolly glad if we
+do have to take to the boats, where we shall be nice and comfy, instead
+of rolling about in this beastly way--I'll be sea-sick in another ten
+minutes. Old Bruce says he felt sick an hour ago. Come on, steward."
+
+The assumed cheerfulness of his manner produced a good effect, and even
+old Miss Weidermann plucked up heart a little as she saw him
+nonchalantly light a cigar as he disappeared with the steward below into
+the lazzarette.
+
+On deck Robertson and the mate were talking in low tones, as they
+assisted the second mate with the boats. There was now nearly three feet
+of water in the hold, and every one knew that the barque could not keep
+afloat much longer. Fortunately the violence of the wind had decreased
+somewhat, though there was still a mountainous sea.
+
+Both the old mate and the captain knew that the two small quarter boats
+would be dangerously overladen, and their unspoken fears were shared by
+the rest of the officers and crew. But another hour would perhaps make a
+great difference; and then as the two men were speaking a savage sea
+smote the _Tucopia_ on the starboard bow, with such violence that she
+trembled in every timber, and as she staggered under the shock and then
+rolled heavily to windward, she dipped the starboard quarter boat under
+the water; it filled, and as she rose again, boat and davits went away
+together.
+
+Robertson groaned and looked at the mate.
+
+"It is God's will, sir," said the old Scotsman quietly.
+
+Robertson nodded. "Tell Allen and the others to come here," he said.
+
+The Tynesider, followed by Captain Burr, Otway, and the carpenter, came.
+
+"Mr. Allen," said the captain, "you are the best man in such an
+emergency as this. You handle a boat better than any man I know. There
+is now only one boat left, and you must take charge of her. You will
+have to take a big lot of people--the four women, the parson, the old
+French priest, Mr. Otway, Captain Burr, the carpenter, and the five
+men."
+
+"I guess I'll stand out, and stick to the ship," said Burr in a lazy,
+drawling manner, "I don't like bein' crowded up with a lot of wimmen."
+
+"Neither do I, said Otway.
+
+"Same here, captain," said the carpenter, a little grizzled man of
+sixty.
+
+Robertson shook hands with each of them in turn. "I knew you were
+_men_," he said simply. "Come below and let's have a drink together, and
+then see to the boat."
+
+"What's all this, skipper?" said Allen, with an oath, "d'ye think I'm
+going to save my carcase and let you men drown? I'll see you all damned
+first!"
+
+"You'll obey orders," growled the captain, "and my orders are that you
+take charge of that boat. And don't give me any lip. You are a married
+man and have children. None of us who are standing by the ship are
+married men. By God, my joker, if you don't know your duty, I'll teach
+you. Are you going to let these four women go adrift in a boat to perish
+when you can save them?"
+
+Allen looked the captain squarely in the face and then put out his hand.
+
+"I understand you, sir. But I don't like doing it. The ship won't keep
+afloat another hour. But, as you say, I've a wife and kids to consider."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Followed by the others, Robertson went below, and told his passengers to
+get ready for the boat. The old French priest, exhausted by his labour
+at the pumps, was still lying on the transom cushions, sleeping; the
+Rev. Lacy was seated at the table smoking his pipe (all the ladies were
+in their state-rooms). He rose as the men entered, and looked at them
+inquiringly.
+
+"We're in a bit of a tight place," said the captain, as he coolly
+poured out half a tumblerful of brandy, "but I'm sending you, Mr. Lacy,
+and Father Roget, and the ladies away with Mr. Allen in one of the
+boats. Allen is a man whom I rely upon. He'll bring you ashore safely.
+He's a bit rough in his talk, but he's one of God's own chosen in a
+boat, and a fine sailor man--better than the mate, Captain Burr, or
+myself; isn't that so, Mr. Bruce?"
+
+The white-haired old mate bent his head in acknowledgment. Then he stood
+up stiff and stark, his rough bony hands clasped upon his chest.
+
+"I'll no' deny but that Mr. Allen is far and awa' the best man to have
+charge o' the boat. But as there is a meenister here, surely he will now
+offer up a prayer to the Almighty for those in peril on the sea, and
+especially implore Him to consider a sma' boat, deep to the gunwales."
+
+He looked at the clergyman, who at first made no reply, but stood with
+downcast eyes. The men looked at him expectantly; he put one hand on the
+table, and then slowly raised his face.
+
+"I think, gentlemen, that ... that Father Roget is the older man." He
+spoke haltingly, and a flush dyed his smooth, clean-shaven face from
+brow to chin. "Will you not ask him?" Then his eyes dropped again.
+
+Robertson, who was in a hurry, and yet had a sincere but secret respect
+for old Bruce's unobtrusive religious feelings, now backed up his mate's
+request.
+
+"I think, sir, that as the mate says, a bit of a short prayer would not
+be out of place just now, seeing the mess we are in. And that poor old
+gentleman over there is too done up to stand on his feet. So will you
+please begin, sir. Steward, call the ladies. We can no longer disguise
+from them, Mr. Lacy, that we are in a bad way--as bad a way as I have
+ever been in during my thirty years at sea."
+
+In a couple of minutes the two De Boos girls, Miss Weidermann, and the
+native girl Mina, came out of their cabins; and when the steward said
+that Mrs. Lacy felt too ill to leave her berth, her husband could not
+help giving an audible sigh of relief. Then he braced up and spoke with
+firmness.
+
+"Please shut Mrs. Lacy's door, steward. Mr. Bruce, will you lend me your
+church service--I do not want to go into my cabin for my own. My wife, I
+fear, has given way."
+
+The mate brought the church service, and then whilst the men stood with
+bowed heads, and the women knelt, the clergyman, with strong,
+unfaltering voice read the second of the prayers "To be used in Storms
+at Sea." He finished, and then sitting down again, placed one hand over
+his eyes.
+
+"_The living, the living shall praise Thee_."
+
+It was the old mate who spoke. He alone of the men had knelt beside the
+women, and when he rose his face bore such an expression of calmness and
+content, that Otway, who five minutes before had been silently cursing
+him for his "damned idiotcy," looked at him with a sudden mingled
+respect and wonder.
+
+Stepping across to the clergyman, Bruce respectfully placed his hand on
+his shoulder, and as he spoke his clear blue eyes smiled at the still
+kneeling women.
+
+"Cheer up, sir. God will protect ye and your gude wife, and us all. You,
+his meenister, have made supplication to Him, and He has heard. Dinna
+weep, ladies. We are in the care of One who holds the sea in the hollow
+of His hand."
+
+Then he followed the captain and the others on deck, Otway alone
+remaining to assist the steward.
+
+"For God's sake give me some brandy," said Lacy to him, in a low voice.
+
+Otway looked at him in astonishment. Was the man a coward after all?
+
+He brought the brandy, and with ill-disguised contempt placed it before
+him without a word. Lacy looked up at him, and his face flushed.
+
+"Oh, I'm not funking--not a d----d bit, I can assure you."
+
+Otway at once poured out a nip of brandy for himself, and clinked his
+glass against that of the clergyman.
+
+"Pon my soul, I couldn't make it out, and I apologise. But a man's
+nerves go all at once sometimes--can't help himself, you know. Mine did
+once when I was in the nigger-catching business in the Solomon Islands.
+Natives opened fire on us when our boats were aground in a creek, and
+some of our men got hit. I wasn't a bit scared of a smack from a bullet,
+but when I got a scratch on my hand from an arrow, I dropped in a blue
+funk, and acted like a cur. Knew it was poisoned, felt sure I'd die of
+lockjaw, and began to weep internally. Then the mate called me a rotten
+young cur, shook me up, and put my Snider into my hand. But I shall
+always feel funky at the sight even of a child's twopenny bow and arrow.
+Now I must go."
+
+The clergyman nodded and smiled, and then rising from his seat, he
+tapped at the door of his wife's state-room. She opened it, and then
+Otway, who was helping the steward, heard her sob hysterically.
+
+"Oh, Will, Will, why did you? How could you? I love you, Will dear, I
+love you, and if death comes to us in another hour, another minute, I
+shall die happily with your arms round me. But, Will dear, there is a
+God, I'm sure there _is_ a God.... I feel it in my heart, I feel it. And
+now that death is so near to us----"
+
+Lacy put his arms around her, and lifted her trembling figure upon his
+knees.
+
+"There, rest yourself, my pet."
+
+"Rest! Rest?" she said brokenly, as Lacy drew her to him. "How can I
+rest when I think of how I have sinned, and how I shall die! Will dear,
+when I heard you reading that prayer--"
+
+"I _had_ to do it, Nell."
+
+"Will, dear Will.... Perhaps God may forgive us both.... But as I sat
+here in my dark cabin, and listened to you reading that prayer, my
+husband's face came before me--the face that I thought was so dull and
+stupid. And his eyes seemed so soft and kind--"
+
+"For God's sake, my dear little woman, don't think of what is past. We
+have made the plunge together----"
+
+The woman uttered one last sobbing sigh. "I am not afraid to die, Will.
+I am not afraid, but when I heard you begin to read that prayer, my
+courage forsook me. I wanted to scream--to rush out and stop you, for it
+seemed to me as if you were doing it in sheer mockery."
+
+"I can only say again, Nell, that I could not help myself; made me feel
+pretty sick, I assure you."
+
+Their voices ceased, and presently Lacy stepped out into the main cabin,
+and then went on deck again.
+
+Robertson met him with a cheerful face. "Come on, Mr. Lacy. I've some
+good news for you--we are making less water! The leak must be taking up
+in some way." Then holding on to the rail with one hand, he shouted to
+the men at the pumps.
+
+"Shake her up, boys! shake her up. Here's Mr. Lacy come to lend a hand,
+and the supercargo and steward will be with you in a minute. Now I'm
+going below for a minute to tell the ladies, and mix you a bucket of
+grog. Shake her up, you, Tom Tarbucket, my bully boy with a glass eye!
+Shake her up, and when she sucks dry, I'll stand a sovereign all round."
+
+The willing crew answered him with a cheer, and Tom Tarbucket, a
+square-built, merry faced native of Savage Island, who was stripped to
+the waist, shouted out, amid the laughter of his shipmates--
+
+"Ay, ay, capt'in, we soon make pump suck dry if two Miss de Boos girl
+come."
+
+Robertson laughed in response, and then picking up a wooden bucket from
+under the fife rail, clattered down the companion way.
+
+"Where are you, Otway? Up you get on deck, and you too, steward. The
+leak is taken up and 'everything is lovely and the goose hangs high.' Up
+you go to the pumps, and make 'em suck. I'll bring up some grog
+presently."
+
+Then as Otway and the steward sprang up on deck, the captain stamped
+along the cabin in his sodden sea boots, banging at each door.
+
+"Come out, Sarah, come out Sukie, my little chickabiddies--there's to be
+no boat trip for you after all. Miss Weidermann, I've good news, good
+news! Mrs. Lacy, cheer up, dear lady. The leak has taken up, and you can
+go on deck and see your husband working at the pumps like a number one
+chop Trojan. Ha! Father Roget, give me your hand. You're a white man,
+sir, and ought to be a bishop."
+
+As he spoke to the now awakened old priest, the two De Boos girls, Mrs.
+Lacy and Miss Weidermann, all came out of their cabins, and Robertson
+shook hands with them, and lifting Sukie de Boos up between his two
+rough hands as if she were a little girl, he kissed her, and then made a
+grab at Sarah, who dodged behind Mrs. Lacy.
+
+"Now, father, don't you attempt to come on deck. Mrs. Lacy, just you
+keep him here. Sukie, my chick, you and Sarah get a couple of bottles of
+brandy, make this bucket full of half-and-half, and bring it on deck to
+the men."
+
+As he noisily stamped out of the cabin again, the old priest turned to
+the ladies, and raised his hand--
+
+"A brave, brave man--a very good English sailor. And now let us thank
+God for His mercies to us."
+
+The four ladies, with Mina, knelt, and then the good old man prayed
+fervently for a few minutes. Then Sukie de Boos and her sister flung
+their arms around Mrs. Lacy, and kissed her, and even Miss Weidermann,
+now thoroughly unstrung, began to cry hysterically. She had at first
+detested Mrs. Lacy as being altogether too scandalously young and pretty
+for a clergyman's wife. Now she was ready to take her to her bosom (that
+is, to her metaphorical bosom, as she had no other), for she believed
+that Mr. Lacy's prayer had saved them all, he being a Protestant
+clergyman, and therefore better qualified to avert imminent death than a
+priest of Rome.
+
+Sukie and Sally de Boos mixed the grog, took it on deck, and served it
+out to the men at the pumps.
+
+The carpenter sounded the well, and as he drew up the iron rod, the
+second mate gave a shout.
+
+"Only seven inches, captain."
+
+"Right, my boy. Take a good spell now, Mr. Allen. Mr. Bruce, we can give
+her a bit more lower canvas now. She'll stand it. Mr. Lacy, and you
+Captain Burr, come aft and get into some dry togs. The glass is rising
+steadily, and in a few hours we'll feel a bit more comfy."
+
+He prophesied truly, for the violence of the gale decreased rapidly,
+and when at the end of an hour the pumps sucked, the crew gave a cheer,
+and tired out as they were, eagerly sprang aloft to repair damages and
+then spread more sail, Sarah and Susan de Boos hauling and pulling at
+the running gear from the deck below. They were both girls of splendid
+physique, and, in a way, sailors, and had Robertson allowed them to do
+so, would have gone aloft and handled the canvas with the men.
+
+By four o'clock in the afternoon the little barque, with her wave-swept,
+bulwarkless decks, now drying under a bright sun, was running before a
+warm, good-hearted breeze, and the pumps were only attended to twice in
+every watch.
+
+Mrs. Lacy, Miss Weidermann, the De Boos girls, and the French priest
+were seated on the poop deck, on rugs and blankets spread out for them
+by Otway and the steward. Lacy, with Captain Burr, was pacing to and fro
+smoking his pipe, and laughing heartily at Sukie de Boos's attempts to
+make his wife smoke a cigarette. Presently old Bruce came along with the
+second mate and some men to set a new gaff-topsail, and the ladies rose
+to go below, so as to be out of the way.
+
+"Nae, nae, leddies, dinna go below," said the old mate cheerfully,
+"ye'll no' hinder us. And the sight o' sae many sweet, bonny faces will
+mak' us work a' the better. And how are ye now, Mrs. Lacy? Ah, the pink
+roses are in your cheeks once mair." And then he stepped quickly up to
+the young clergyman and took his hand.
+
+"Mr. Lacy, ye must pardon me, but I'm an auld man, and must hae my way.
+Ye're a gude, brave man;" then he added in a low voice, "and ye called
+upon Him, and He heard us."
+
+"Thank you, Mr. Bruce," Lacy answered nervously, as he saw his wife's
+eyes droop, and a vivid blush dye her fair cheeks. Then he plucked the
+American captain by the sleeve and went below, and Sukie de Boos laughed
+loudly when in another minute they heard the pop of a bottle of soda
+water. She ran to the skylight and bent down.
+
+"You're a pair of exceedingly rude men. You might think of Father
+Roget--even if you don't think of us poor women. Mr. Otway, come here,
+you horrid, dirty-faced, ragged creature! Go below and get a glass of
+port wine for Father Roget, a bottle of champagne for Mrs. Lacy and my
+sister and myself, and a cup of tea for Mrs. Weidermann, and bring some
+biscuits, too."
+
+"Come and help me, then," said the supercargo, who was indeed
+dirty-faced and ragged.
+
+Sukie danced towards the companion way with him. Half-way down he put
+his arms round her and kissed her vigorously. She returned his kisses
+with interest, and laughingly smacked his cheek.
+
+"Let me go, Charlie Otway, you horrid, bold fellow. Now, one, two,
+three, or I'll call out and invoke the protection of the clergy, above
+and below--those on board this ship I mean, not those who are in heaven
+or elsewhere."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Ten days later the _Tucopia_ sailed into Apia Harbour and dropped
+anchor inside Matautu Point just as the evening mists were closing their
+fleecy mantle around the verdant slopes of Vailima Mountain.
+
+The two half-caste girls, with their maid and Mr. and Mrs. Lacy, came to
+bid Otway and the captain a brief farewell, before they went ashore in
+the pilot boat to D'Acosta's hotel in Matafele.
+
+"Now remember, Otway, and you, Captain Robertson, and you, Captain Burr,
+you are all to dine with us at the hotel the day after to-morrow. And
+perhaps you, too, Father Roget will reconsider your decision and come
+too." It was Lacy who spoke.
+
+The gentle-voiced old Frenchman shook his head and smiled--"Ah no, it
+was impossible," he said. The bishop would not like him to so soon leave
+the Mission. But the bishop and his brothers at the Mission would look
+forward to have the good captain, and Mr. Burr, and Mr. Otway, and the
+ladies to accept his hospitality.
+
+Mrs. Lacy's soft little gloved hand was in Otway's.
+
+"I thank you, Mr. Otway, very, very sincerely for your many kindnesses
+to me. You have indeed been most generous to us both. It was cruel of us
+to take your cabin and compel you to sleep in the trade-room. But I
+shall never forget how kind you have been."
+
+All that was good in Otway came into his vicious heart and voiced softly
+through his lips.
+
+"I am only too glad, Mrs. Lacy.... I am indeed. I didn't like giving up
+my cabin to strangers at first, and was a bit of a beast when Mr. Harry
+told me we were taking two extra passengers. But I am glad now."
+
+He turned away, and went below with burning cheeks. Before the storm he
+had tried his best, late on several nights, to make Lacy drunk, and to
+keep him drunk; but Lacy could stand as much or more grog than he could
+himself; and when he heard that passionate, sobbing appeal, "Oh, Will,
+Will, how could you?" his better nature was stirred, and his fierce
+sensual desire for her changed into a sentimental affection and respect.
+He knew her secret, and now, instead of wishing to take advantage of it,
+felt he was too much of a man to abuse his knowledge.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Supper was over, and as the skipper, Burr, and Otway paced the
+quarter-deck before going ashore to play a game or two of billiards and
+meet some friends, a boat came alongside, and a man stepped on deck and
+inquired for the captain. As he followed Robertson down the companion,
+Otway saw that he was a well-dressed, rather gentlemanly-looking young
+man of about five and twenty.
+
+"Who's that joker, I wonder?" he said to Burr; "not any one living in
+Samoa, unless he's a new-comer. Hope he won't stay long--it's eight
+o'clock now."
+
+Ten minutes later the steward came to him.
+
+"The captain wishes to see you, sir."
+
+Otway entered the cabin. Robertson, with frowning face, motioned him to
+a seat. The strange gentleman sat near the captain smoking a cigar, and
+with some papers in his hands.
+
+"Mr. Otway, I have sent for you. This gentleman has a warrant for the
+arrest of Mr. Lacy, issued by the New Zealand Government and initialled
+by the British Consul here."
+
+Otway rose to the occasion. He nodded to the stranger and sat down
+quietly.
+
+"Yes, sir?" he asked inquiringly of Robertson.
+
+"You will please tell my supercargo your business, mister," said the
+captain gruffly to the stranger; "he can tell you all you wish to
+know--that is, if he cares to do so. I don't see that your warrant holds
+any force here in Samoa. You can't execute it. There's no government
+here, no police, no anything, and the British Consul can't act on a
+warrant issued from New Zealand. It is of no more use in Samoa than it
+would be at Cape Horn."
+
+"Now, sir, make haste," said Otway with a mingled and studied insolence
+and politeness. He already began to detest the stranger.
+
+"I am a detective of the police force of New Zealand, and I have come
+from Auckland to arrest William Barton, alias the Rev. Wilfrid Lacy, on
+a charge of stealing twenty thousand, five hundred pounds from the
+National Bank of Christchurch, of which he was manager. I believe that
+twenty thousand pounds of the money he has stolen is on board this
+vessel at this moment, and I now demand access to his cabin."
+
+"Do you? How are you going to enforce your demand, my cocksure friend?"
+
+Otway rose, and placing his two hands on the table, looked insultingly
+at the detective. "What rot you are talking, man!"
+
+The detective drew back, alarmed and startled.
+
+"The British Consul has endorsed my warrant to arrest this man," he
+said, "and it will go hard with any one who attempts to interfere with
+me in the performance of my duty."
+
+Otway shot a quick, triumphant glance at the captain.
+
+"The Consul is, and always was, a silly old ass. You have come on a
+fool's errand; and are going on the wrong tack by making threats. That
+idiotic warrant of yours is of no more use to you than a sheet of fly
+paper--Samoa is outside British jurisdiction. The High Commissioner for
+the Western Pacific would not have endorsed such a fool of a document,
+and I'll report the matter to him.... Now, sit down and tell me what you
+_do_ want, and I'll try and help you all I can. But don't try to bluff
+us--it's only wasting your time. Steward, bring us something to drink."
+
+As soon as the steward brought them "something to drink" Otway became
+deeply sympathetic with the detective, and Robertson, who knew his
+supercargo well, smiled inwardly at the manner he adopted.
+
+"Now, just tell us, Mr.--O'Donovan, I think you said is your name--what
+is all the trouble? I need hardly tell you that whilst both the captain
+and myself felt annoyed at your dictatorial manner, we are both sensible
+men, and will do all in our power to assist you. Our firm's reputation
+has to be studied--has it not, captain? We don't want it to be
+insinuated that we helped an embezzler to escape, do we?"
+
+"Certainly not," replied Robertson, puffing slowly at his cigar,
+watching Otway keenly through his half-closed eyelids, and wondering
+what that astute young gentleman was driving at. "I guess that you, Mr.
+Otway, will do all that is right and cor-rect."
+
+"Thank you, sir," replied Otway humbly, and with great seriousness, "I
+know my duty to my employers, and I know that this gentleman may be led
+into very serious trouble through the dense stupidity of the British
+Consul here."
+
+He turned to Mr. O'Donovan--"Are you aware, Mr. O'Donikin--I beg your
+pardon, O'Donovan--that the British Consul here is not, officially, the
+British Consul. He is merely a commercial agent, like the United States
+Consul. Neither are accredited by their Governments to act officially on
+behalf of their respective countries, and even if they were, there is no
+extradition treaty with the Samoan Islands, which is a country without a
+recognised government. Of course, Mr. O'Donovan, you are acting in good
+faith; but you have no more legal right nor the power to arrest a man in
+Samoa, than you have to arrest one in Manchuria or Patagonia. Of course,
+old Johns (the British Consul) doesn't know this, or he would not have
+made such a fool of himself by endorsing a warrant from an irresponsible
+judge of a New Zealand court. But as I told you, I shall aid you in
+every possible way."
+
+O'Donovan was no fool. He knew that all that Otway had said was
+absolutely correct, but he braced himself up.
+
+"I daresay what you say may be right, Mr. Supercargo. But I've come from
+New Zealand to get this joker, and by blazes I mean to get him, and take
+him back with me to New Zealand. And I mean to have those twenty
+thousand sovereigns to take back as well."
+
+"Well, then, why the devil don't you go and get your man? He's at Joe
+D'Acosta's hotel with his wife."
+
+"I don't want to be bothered with him just yet. I have no place to put
+him into. The Californian mail boat from San Francisco is not due here
+for another ten days. But I know that he hasn't taken his stolen money
+ashore yet, and you had better hand it over to me at once. I can get
+_him_ at any time."
+
+Otway leant back in his chair and laughed.
+
+"I don't doubt that, Mr. O'Donovan. If you have enough money to do it,
+you can do as you say--get this man at any time. But you want to have
+some guns behind you to enforce it; and then his capture won't affect
+our custody of the money. If the Consul instigates you to make an attack
+on the ship, you will do so at your peril, for we shall resist any
+piratical attempt."
+
+O'Donovan's face fell. "You said you would assist me?"
+
+"So I will," replied Otway, lying genially, "But you must point out a
+way. The High Commissioner for the Western Pacific, in Fiji, is the only
+man who could give you power to arrest the man and convey him to New
+Zealand, and the moment you show me the High or the Deputy High
+Commissioner's order to hand over the money, and Lacy's other effects,
+I'll do so."
+
+The detective made his last stroke.
+
+"I can take the law into my own hands and chance the consequences. The
+Consul will supply me with a force--"
+
+Robertson smiled grimly, and pointed to the rack of Snider rifles around
+the mizen-mast at the head of the table.
+
+"You and your force will have a bad time of it then, and be shot down
+before you can put foot on my deck. I've never seen a shark eat a
+policeman, but there seems a chance of it now."
+
+O'Donovan laughed uneasily, then he changed his tactics.
+
+"Now look here, gentlemen," he said confidentially, leaning across the
+table, "I can see I'm in a bit of a hole, but I'm a business man, and
+you are business men, and I think we understand one another, eh? As you
+say, my warrant doesn't hold good here in Samoa. But the Consul will
+back me up, and if I can take this chap back to New Zealand it means a
+big thing for me. Now, what's your figure?"
+
+"Two hundred each for the skipper and myself," answered Otway promptly.
+
+"Done. You shall have it."
+
+"When?"
+
+"Give me till to-morrow afternoon. I've only a hundred and fifty pounds
+with me, and I'll have to raise the rest."
+
+"Very well, it's a deal. But mind, you'll have to take care to be here
+before the parson. He's coming off at eleven o'clock."
+
+"Trust me for that, gentlemen."
+
+"I'm sorry for his wife," said Otway meditatively.
+
+O'Donovan grinned. "Ah, I haven't told you the yarn--she's not his wife!
+She bolted from her husband, who is a big swell in Auckland, a Mr.----."
+
+"How did you get on their tracks?"
+
+"Sydney police found out that two people answering their description had
+sailed for the Islands in the _Tucopia_, and cabled over to us. We
+thought they had lit out for America. I only got here the day before
+yesterday in the _Ryno_, from Auckland."
+
+Otway paid him some very florid compliments on his smartness, and then
+after another drink or two, the detective went on shore, highly pleased.
+
+As soon as he was gone, Otway turned to Robertson.
+
+"You won't stand in my way, Robertson, will you?" he asked--"I want to
+see the poor devils get away."
+
+"You take all the responsibility, then."
+
+"I will," and then he rapidly told the skipper his plan, and set to
+work by at once asking the second mate to get ready the boat and then
+come back to the cabin.
+
+"All ready," said Allen, five minutes later.
+
+"Then come with the steward and help me with this gear."
+
+He unlocked the door of Lacy's state-room, lit the swinging candle, and
+quickly passed out Mr. and Mrs. Lacy's remaining luggage to the second
+mate and steward. Three small leather trunks, marked "Books with Care,"
+were especially heavy, and he guessed their contents.
+
+"Stow them safely in the boat, Allen. Don't make more noise than you can
+help. I'll be with you in a minute."
+
+Going into his own cabin, he took a large handbag, threw into it his
+revolver and two boxes of cartridges, then carried it into the
+trade-room, and added half a dozen tins of the brand of tobacco which he
+knew Lacy liked, and then filled the remaining space with pint bottles
+of champagne. Then he whipped up a sheet or two of letter paper and an
+envelope from the cabin-table, thrust them into his coat pocket, and,
+bag in hand, stepped quickly on deck. The old mate was in his cabin, and
+had not heard anything.
+
+"Give it to her, boys," he said to the crew, taking the steer-oar in his
+hand, and heading the boat towards a small fore-and-aft schooner lying
+half a mile away in the Matafele horn of the reef encircling Apia
+Harbour.
+
+The four native seamen bent to their oars in silence, and sped swiftly
+through the darkness over the calm waters of the harbour. The schooner
+showed no riding light on her forestay, but, on the after deck under the
+awning, a lamp was burning, and three men--the captain, mate, and
+boatswain--were playing cards on the skylight.
+
+Otway jumped on deck, just as the men rose to meet him.
+
+"Great Ascensial Jehosophat! Why, it's you, Mr. Otway?" cried the
+captain, a little clean-shaven man, as he shook hands with the
+supercargo. "Well, now, I was just wondering whether I'd go ashore and
+try and drop across you. Say, tell me now, hev you any good tinned beef
+and a case of Winchesters you can sell me?"
+
+"Yes, both," replied Otway, shaking hands with the three in turn--they
+were all old acquaintances, especially Le Brun, the mate. "But come
+below with me, Revels; I've important business, and it has to be done
+right away--this very night."
+
+Revels led the way below into the schooner's cabin, and at once produced
+a bottle of Bourbon and a couple of glasses.
+
+"No time to drink, Revels.... All right, just a little, then. Now, tell
+me, do you want to make--and make it easy--five hundred pounds?"
+
+"Guess I do."
+
+"Are you ready for sea?"
+
+"I was thinking of sailing on a cruise among the Tokelau Islands in a
+day or two."
+
+"Then don't think of it. If you put to sea to-night for a longer voyage,
+I can guarantee you that you will get five hundred pounds--if you will
+take two passengers on board, and put to sea as soon as they come
+alongside."
+
+"Where do they want to go?"
+
+"That I can't say. Manila or Hongkong, most likely. It'll pay you."
+
+"Is the money safe?"
+
+Otway struck his hand on the table. "Safe as rain, Revels. They have
+plenty. I have it here alongside, and if you don't get five hundred
+sovereigns paid you when you have dropped Samoa astern, you can come
+back with your passengers, and I'll give you fifty pounds myself."
+
+"Friends of yours?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"That's enough fur me, Otway. Now, just tell me what to do."
+
+"Tell your mate to get your boat ready to go ashore, while I write a
+note."
+
+He took a sheet of paper, and hurriedly wrote in pencil:
+
+ "DEAR LACY,--Don't hesitate to follow my instructions. There's a man
+ here from New Zealand. Tried to get access to your cabin; bluffed
+ him. You and your wife must follow bearer of this note to his boat,
+ which will bring you to a schooner. The captain's name is Revels. He
+ expects you, and you can trust him. Have pledged him my word that
+ you will give him £500 to land you at Manila or thereabouts; also
+ that you will hand it to him as soon as the schooner is clear of the
+ land. _All_ your luggage is on board the schooner, awaiting you.
+ Allen helped me. You might send him a present by Revels. Goodbye,
+ and all good luck. One last word--_be quick, be quick_!"
+
+"Boat is ready," said Revels.
+
+"Right," and Otway closed the letter and handed it to the mate. "Here
+you are, Le Brun. Now, listen. Pull in to the mouth of the creek at the
+French Mission, just beside the bridge. Leave your boat there and then
+take this letter to D'Acosta's Hotel and ask to see Mr. Lacy. If he and
+his wife have gone out for a walk, you must follow them and give him the
+letter; but I feel pretty sure you'll find them on the verandah. Bring
+them off on board as quickly and as quietly as possible. No one will
+take any notice of the boat in the creek. Oh! and tell Mr. Lacy to be
+dead sure not to bring anything in the way of even a small bag with
+him--Joe D'Acosta might wonder. I'll settle the hotel bill later on. Are
+you clear?"
+
+"Clear as mud," replied Le Brun, a big, black-whiskered Guernsey man.
+
+"Then goodbye."
+
+The schooner's boat, manned by two hands only, pushed off, and then
+Revels turned to Otway.
+
+"Shall I heave short so as to be ready?"
+
+"Heave short, be d----d!" replied Otway testily. "No, just lie nice and
+quiet, and as soon as you have your passengers on board slip your cable.
+I'll see that your anchor is fished up for you. And even if you lost
+your anchor and a few fathoms of chain it doesn't matter against five
+hundred sovereigns. The people on shore would be sure to hear the sound
+of the windlass pawls, and there's a man here from Auckland--a
+detective--who might make a bold stroke, get a dozen native bullies and
+collar you. So slip, my boy, slip. There's a fine healthy breeze which
+will take you clear of the reef in ten minutes."
+
+The two men shook hands, and Otway stepped into his boat, which he
+steered in towards the principal jetty.
+
+Jumping out he walked along the roadway which led from Matafele to Apia.
+As he passed the British Consul's house he saw Mr. O'Donovan standing on
+the verandah talking to the Consul. He waved his hand to them, and
+cheerfully invited the detective to come along to "Johnnie Hall's" and
+play a game of billiards.
+
+Mr. O'Donovan, little thinking that Otway had a purpose in view, took
+the bait. The Consul knew Otway, and, in a measure, dreaded him, for the
+supercargo's knowledge of certain transactions in connection with the
+sale of arms to natives, in which he (the Consul) had taken a leading
+and lucrative part. So when he saw the supercargo of the _Tucopia_
+beckoning to O'Donovan he smiled genially at him, and hurriedly told the
+detective to go.
+
+"He's a most astute and clever young scoundrel, Mr. O'Donovan, and in a
+way we are at his mercy. But you shall have the four hundred pounds in
+the morning--not later than noon. This man Barton must be brought to
+justice at any cost."
+
+"Just so, sir; and you will get a hundred out of the business, any way,"
+replied O'Donovan, who had gauged the Consul's morality pretty fairly.
+
+As Otway and the detective walked towards the hotel known as "Johnny
+Hall's" the former said lazily--
+
+"Look here, Mr. O'Donovan. Are the skipper and myself to get those four
+hundred sovs to-morrow or not? To tell you the exact truth, I have a
+fair amount of doubt about your promise. Where are you going to get the
+money?"
+
+"That's all right, Mr. Otway. You're a business man. And you and the
+skipper will have your two hundred each before one o'clock to-morrow.
+The Consul is doing the necessary."
+
+"Right, my boy," said Otway effusively. "Now we'll play a game or two at
+Johnny's and have some fun with the girls."
+
+By eleven o'clock Mr. O'Donovan was comfortably half drunk, and Otway
+led him out on to the verandah to look at the harbour, shimmering under
+the starlight. They sat down on two cane lounges, and the supercargo's
+keen eye saw that Revel's schooner had gone. He breathed freely, and
+then brought Mr. O'Donovan a large whisky and soda.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+In the morning Mr. O'Donovan and Mr. William Johns, the British Consul,
+were in a state of frenzy on discovering that Mr. and Mrs. Lacy had
+escaped during the night in the schooner _Solafanua_. The Consul knew
+that Otway was at the bottom of the matter, but dared not say so, but
+O'Donovan, who had more pluck and nothing to lose, lost his temper and
+came on board the _Tucopia_ just as she was being hauled up on the beach
+to get at the leak.
+
+"You're a dirty sweep," he said to Otway.
+
+The supercargo hit him between the eyes, and sent him down. Allen picked
+him up, dumped him into the boat alongside, and sent him ashore.
+
+When the _Tucopia_ lay high and dry on Apia beach Otway and old Bruce
+walked round under her counter and looked for the leak. As the skipper
+had surmised, a butt-end had started, but the gaping orifice was now
+choked and filled with a large piece of seaweed.
+
+"The prayer of one of God's ain ministers has saved us," said the Scotch
+mate, pointing upward.
+
+"No doubt," replied Otway, who knew that the good old man had heard
+nothing of what had happened.
+
+
+
+
+_The Man in the Buffalo Hide_
+
+
+Twelve years ago in a North Queensland town I was told the story of "The
+Man in the Buffalo Hide" by Ned D----. He (D----) was then a prosperous
+citizen, having made a small fortune by "striking it rich" on the
+Gilbert and Etheridge Rivers goldfields. Returning from the arid wastes
+of the Queensland back country to Sydney, he tired of leading an
+inactive life, and hearing that gold had been discovered on one of the
+Solomon Islands, he took passage thither in the Sydney whaling barque
+_Costa Rica_ packet, and though he returned to Australia without
+discovering gold in the islands, he had kept one of the most interesting
+logs of a whaling cruise it has ever been my fortune to read. The master
+of the whaleship was Captain J.Y. Carpenter, a man who is well known
+and highly respected, not only in Sydney (where he now resides), but
+throughout the East Indies and China, where he had lived for over thirty
+years. And it was from Captain Carpenter who was one of the actors in
+this twice-told tragedy, that D----heard this story of Chinese
+vengeance. He (D----) related it to me in '88, and I wish I could write
+the tale as well and vividly as he told it. However, I wrote it out for
+him then and there. Much to our disgust the editor of the little journal
+to whom we sent the MS., considered it a fairy tale, and cut it down to
+some two or three hundred words. I mention these apparently unnecessary
+details merely that the reader may not think that the tale is fiction,
+for two years or so after, Captain Carpenter corroborated my friend's
+story.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was after the Taeping rebellion had been stamped out in blood and
+fire by Gordon and his "Ever Victorious Army," and the Viceroy (Li Hung
+Chang) had taken up his quarters in Canton, and was secretly torturing
+and beheading those prisoners whom he had sworn to the English
+Government to spare.
+
+Carpenter was in command of a Chinese Government despatch vessel--a
+side-wheeler--which was immediately under the Viceroy's orders. She was
+but lightly armed, but was very fast, as fast went in those days. His
+ship had been lying in the filthy river for about a week, when, one
+afternoon, a mandarin came off with a written order for him to get ready
+to proceed to sea at daylight on the following morning. Previous
+experience of his estimable and astute Chinese employers warned him not
+to ask the fat-faced, almond-eyed mandarin any questions as to the
+steamer's destination, or the duration of the voyage. He simply said
+that he would be ready at the appointed time.
+
+At daylight another mandarin, named Kwang--one of much higher rank than
+his visitor of the previous day--came on board. He was attended by
+thirty of the most ruffianly-looking scoundrels--even for Chinamen--that
+the captain had ever seen. They were all well armed, and came off in a
+large, well-appointed boat, which, the mandarin intimated with a polite
+smile, was to be towed, if she was too heavy to be hoisted aboard. A
+couple of hands were put in her, and she was veered astern. Then the
+anchor was lifted, and the steamer started on her eighty miles trip down
+the river to the sea, the mandarin informing the captain that he would
+name the ship's destination as soon as they were clear of the land.
+
+Most of Carpenter's officers were Europeans--Englishmen or
+Americans--and one or two of them who spoke Chinese, attempted to enter
+into conversation with the thirty braves, and endeavour to learn the
+object of the steamer's mission. Their inquiries were met either with a
+mocking jest or downright insult, and presently the mandarin, who
+hitherto had preserved a smiling and affable demeanour as he sat on the
+quarter-deck, turned to the captain with a sullen and ferocious aspect,
+and bade him remind his officers that they had no business to question
+the servants of the "high and excellent Viceroy."
+
+But though neither Carpenter nor any of his officers could learn aught
+about this sudden mission, one of their servants, a Chinese who was
+deeply attached to his master, whispered tremblingly to him that the
+mandarin and the thirty braves were in quest of one of the Viceroy's
+most hated enemies--a noted leader of the Taepings who had escaped the
+bloodied hands of Li Hung Chang, and whose retreat had been betrayed to
+the cruel, merciless Li the previous day.
+
+Once clear of the land, the mandarin, with a polite smile and many
+compliments to Carpenter on the skilful and expeditious manner in which
+he had navigated the steamer down the river, requested him to proceed to
+a certain point on the western side of the island of Formosa.
+
+"When you are within twenty miles of the land, captain," he said
+suavely, "you will make the steamer stop, and my men and I will leave
+you in the boat. You must await our return, which may be on the
+following day, or the day after, or perhaps longer still. But whether I
+am absent one, or two, or six days, you must keep your ship in the
+position I indicate as nearly as possible. You must avoid observation
+from the shore, you must be watchful, diligent, and patient, and, when
+you see my boat returning, you must make your engines work quickly, and
+come towards us with all speed. High commendation and a great reward
+from the serene nobleness of our great Viceroy--who has already
+condescended to notice your honourable ability and great integrity in
+your profession--awaits you." Then with another smile and bow he went to
+his cabin.
+
+As soon as the steamer reached the place indicated by the mandarin the
+engines were stopped. The boat, which was towing astern, was hauled
+alongside, and the thirty truculent "braves," with a Chinese pilot and
+the ever-smiling mandarin, got into her and pushed off for the shore.
+That they were all picked men, who could handle an oar as well as a
+rifle, was very evident from the manner in which they sent the big boat
+along towards the blue outline of the distant shore.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+For two days Carpenter and his officers waited and watched, the steamer
+lying and rolling about upon a long swell, and under a hot and brazen
+sun. Then, about seven o'clock in the morning, as the sea haze lifted, a
+look-out on the foreyard hailed the deck and said the boat was in sight.
+The steamer's head was at once put towards her under a full head of
+steam, and in another hour the mandarin and his braves were alongside.
+
+The mandarin clambered up on deck, his always-smiling face (which
+Carpenter and his officers had come to detest) now darkly exultant.
+
+"You have done well, sir," he said to the captain; "the Viceroy himself,
+when my own miserable worthlessness abases itself before him, shall know
+how truly and cleverly you and your officers (who shall be honoured for
+countless ages in the future) have obeyed the behests which I have had
+the never-to-be-extinguished honour to convey from him to you. There is
+a prisoner in the boat--a prisoner who is to be tried before those high
+and merciful judges whose Heaven-sent authority your valorous commander
+of the Ever Victorious Army has upheld."
+
+Carpenter, being a sailor man before all else, swallowed the mandarin's
+compliments for all they were worth, and I can imagine him giving a
+grumpy nod to the smiling minion of the Viceroy as he ordered "the
+prisoner" to be brought on deck, and the boat to be veered astern for
+towing.
+
+The official interposed oilily. There was no need, he said, to tow the
+boat to Canton if she could not be hoisted on board, and was likely to
+impede the steamer's progress. Some of his braves could remain in her,
+and the insignia of the Viceroy which they wore would ensure both their
+and the boat's safety--no pirates would touch them.
+
+The captain said that to tow such a heavy boat for such a long distance
+would certainly delay the steamer's arrival in Canton by at least six or
+eight hours. The mandarin smiled sweetly, and said that as speed was
+everything the most honourable navigator, whom he now had the privilege
+to address, and who was so soon to be distinguished by his mightiness
+the Viceroy, could at once let the boat which had conveyed his worthless
+self into the sunshine of his (the captain's) presence, go adrift.
+
+At a sign from Kwang, six of his cutthroats clambered down the side into
+the boat, which was at once cast oft; the steamer was sent along under a
+full head of steam, and the captain was about to ascend the bridge when
+the mandarin stayed him, and requested that a meal should be at once
+prepared in the cabin for the prisoner, who, he said, was somewhat
+exhausted, for his capture was only effected after he had killed three
+and wounded half a dozen of "the braves." So courageous a man, he added
+softly, whatever his offence might be, must not be allowed to suffer the
+pangs of hunger and thirst.
+
+Carpenter gave the necessary order to the steward with a sensation of
+pleasure, feeling that he had done the suave and gentle-voiced Kwang an
+injustice in imagining him to be like most Chinese officials--utterly
+indifferent and callous to human suffering. Then he stepped along the
+deck towards the bridge just as two of the braves lifted the prisoner to
+his feet, which a third had freed from a thong of hide, bound so tightly
+around them that it had literally cut into the flesh. His hands were
+tied in the same manner, and round his neck was an iron collar, with a
+chain about six feet in length which was secured at the end to another
+band around the waist of one of the "braves."
+
+As the prisoner stood erect, Carpenter saw that he was a man of
+herculean proportions and over six feet three or four inches in height.
+His arms and naked chest were cut, bleeding and bruised, and a bamboo
+gag was in his mouth; but what at once attracted the captain's attention
+and sympathy was the man's face.
+
+So calm, steadfast, and serene were his clear, undaunted eyes; so proud,
+lofty, and contemptuous and yet so dignified his bearing, as he glanced
+at his guards when they bade him walk, that Carpenter, drawing back a
+little, raised his hand in salute.
+
+In an instant the deep, dark eyes lit up, and the tortured, distorted
+mouth would have smiled had it not been for the cruel gag. But twice he
+bent his head, and his eyes did that which was denied to his lips.
+
+Captain Carpenter was deeply moved. The man's heroic fortitude, his
+noble bearing under such physical suffering, the tender, woman-like
+resignation in the eyes which could yet smile into his, affected him so
+strongly that he could not help asking one of the "braves" the
+prisoner's name.
+
+An insolent, threatening gesture was the only answer. But the prisoner
+had heard, and bent his head in acknowledgment. When he raised it again
+and saw that Carpenter had now taken off his cap, tears trickled down
+his cheeks. In another moment he was hurried along the deck into the
+cabin, and half a dozen "braves" stood guard at the door to prevent
+intrusion, whilst the gag was removed, and the victim of the Viceroy's
+vengeance was urged to eat. Whether he did so or not was never known,
+for half an hour afterwards he was removed to one of the state-rooms,
+where he was closely guarded by Kwang's cutthroats. When he was next
+seen by Carpenter and the officers of the steamer the gag was again in
+his mouth, but the calm, resolute eyes met theirs as it trying to tell
+them that the heroic soul within the tortured body knew no fear, and
+felt and appreciated their sympathy.
+
+On the afternoon of the third day after leaving Formosa the steamer
+ploughed her way up the muddy waters of the river, and came to an anchor
+off the city at a place which was within half a mile of the Viceroy's
+residence. The mandarin requested the captain to fire three guns, and
+hoist the Chinese flag at both the fore and main peaks.
+
+This signal was, so Kwang condescended to say, to inform His
+Illustriousness the Ever-Merciful Viceroy that he, Kwang, his crawling
+dependent, guided by Carpenter's high intelligence, and supreme and
+honoured skill as a navigator, had achieved the object which His
+Illustriousness desired.
+
+The captain listened to all this "flam," bowed his acknowledgments, and
+then suddenly asked the mandarin the prisoner's name.
+
+Again the fat, complacent face darkened, and almost scowled. "No," he
+replied sullenly, he himself "was not permitted" to know the prisoner's
+name. His crime? He did not know. When was he to be tried? To-morrow.
+Then he rose and abruptly requested the captain to ask no more
+questions. But, he added, with a smile, he could promise him that he
+should at least see the captive again.
+
+In a few minutes a boat came off, and the prisoner, closely guarded, and
+with his face covered with a piece of cloth, was hurried ashore.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Four days had passed--days of heat so intense that even the Chinese crew
+of the steamer lay about the decks under the awning, stripped to their
+waists, and fanning themselves languidly. During this time the captain
+and his officers, by careful inquiries, ascertained that the unfortunate
+prisoner was a brother of one of the Wangs, or seven "Heavenly Kings,"
+who had led the Taeping forces, and that for a long time past the
+Viceroy had made most strenuous efforts to effect his capture, being
+particularly exasperated with him, not only for his courage in the
+field, and the influence he had wielded over the unfortunate Taepings,
+who were wiped out by Gordon and the Ever-Victorious Army, but also
+because he refused to accept Li Hung Chang's sworn word to spare his
+life if he surrendered; for well he knew that a death by torture awaited
+him. Gordon himself, it was said, revolver in hand, and with tears of
+rage streaming down his face, had sought to find and shoot the Viceroy
+for the cruel murder of other leaders who had surrendered to him under
+the solemn promise of their lives being spared.
+
+Late in the afternoon, a messenger came on board with a note to the
+captain. It was from the mandarin Kwang, and contained but a line.
+"Follow the bearer, who will guide you to the prisoner."
+
+An hour later Carpenter was conducted through a narrow door which was
+set in a very high wall of great thickness. He found himself in a garden
+of the greatest beauty, and magnificent proportions. Temples and other
+buildings of the most elaborate and artistic design and construction
+showed here and there amid a profusion of gloriously-foliaged trees and
+flowering shrubs. No sound broke the silence except the twittering of
+birds; and not a single person was visible.
+
+The guide, who had not yet uttered a single word, now turned and
+motioned Carpenter to follow him along a winding path, paved with white
+marble slabs, and bordered with gaily-hued flowers. Suddenly they
+emerged upon a lovely sward of the brightest green, in the centre of
+which a fountain played, sending its fine feathery spray high in air.
+
+On one side of the fountain were a number of "braves" who stood in a
+close circle, and, as Carpenter approached, two of them silently stepped
+out of the cordon, brought their rifles to the salute, and the guide
+whispered to him to enter.
+
+Within the circle was Kwang, who was seated in his chair of office. He
+rose and greeted the captain politely.
+
+"I promised you that you should again see the criminal in whom you and
+your officers took such a deep and benevolent interest. I now fulfil
+that promise--and leave you." And, with a malevolent smile, he bowed and
+disappeared.
+
+The guide touched Carpenter's arm.
+
+"Look," he said in a whisper.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Within a few inches of a wavering line of spray from the fountain,
+purposely diverted so as to fall upon the grass, lay what appeared at
+first sight to be a round bundle tied up in a buffalo hide. A black
+swarm of flies buzzed and buzzed over and around it.
+
+"Draw near and look," said the harsh voice of the officer who commanded
+the grim, silent guard, as he stepped up to the strange-looking bundle,
+and waved his fan quickly to and fro over a protuberance in the centre.
+
+A black cloud of flies arose, and revealed a sight that will haunt
+Carpenter to his dying day--the purpled, distorted face of a living man.
+The eyelids had been cut off, and only two dreadful, bloodied, glaring
+things of horror appealed mutely to God. The victim's knees had been
+drawn up to his chin, and only his head was visible; for the fresh
+buffalo hide in which his body had been sewn, fitted tightly around his
+neck.
+
+Shuddering with horror, and yet fascinated with the dreadful spectacle,
+Carpenter asked the officer how long the prisoner had been tortured.
+
+"Four days," was the reply.
+
+For the buffalo, the hide of which was to be the prisoner's death-wrap,
+was in readiness the moment the steamer arrived, and ten minutes after
+the signal was hoisted, the creature was killed, the hide stripped off,
+and the prisoner sewn up in it, only his head being left free.
+
+Then he was carried to a heated room, so that the hide should contract
+quickly. From there he was taken to the fountain, where his eyelids were
+cut off, and then he was laid upon the ground, his mouth just within a
+few inches of a spray from the fountain.
+
+And the Viceroy came, saw, approved, and smiled, and assigned to Kwang
+the honoured post of watching his hated enemy die under slow and
+agonising torture. To attract the flies, honeyed water was applied to
+the prisoner's shaven head and face. And the guards, now and then as his
+thirst increased, offered him brine to drink.
+
+"He is still alive," the brutal-faced Tartar officer said genially, as
+he touched one of the dreadful eyeballs, and the poor, tortured
+creature's lips moved slightly.
+
+Sick at heart and almost overcome with horror, Captain Carpenter, with
+quickened footsteps, passed through the cordon of guards, and followed
+his guide from the dreadful spot.
+
+In a few minutes he was without the wall, and a sigh of relief broke
+from him as he set out towards the river.
+
+
+
+
+A CRUISE IN THE SOUTH SEAS
+
+(HINTS TO INTENDING TRAVELLERS)
+
+
+
+
+
+_A Cruise in the South Seas_
+
+(HINTS TO INTENDING TRAVELLERS)
+
+
+The traveller who makes a hurried trip in an excursion steamer through
+the Cook, Society, Samoan, or Tongan Islands has but little opportunity
+of seeing anything of the social life of the natives, or getting either
+fishing or shooting; for it is but rarely that the vessel remains for
+more than forty-eight hours at any of the ports visited. Personally, if
+I wanted to have an enjoyable cruise among the various island groups in
+the South Pacific I should avoid the "excursion" steamer as I would the
+plague. In the first place, one sees next to nothing for his passage
+money if he fatuously takes a ticket in either Sydney or New Zealand for
+"a round trip to Tonga, Samoa, Tahiti, and back." Certainly, he will
+enjoy the sea voyage, for in the Australasian winter months the weather
+in the South Seas is never very hot, and cloudless skies and a smooth
+sea may almost be relied upon from April until the end of July. At such
+places as Nukualofa, the little capital of the Tonga Islands, an
+excursion steamer will remain for perhaps forty hours; at Apia, in
+Samoa, forty-eight hours; and at Papeite, the capital of the French
+island of Tahiti, forty-eight hours. At the two latter places the
+traveller will be charmed by the lovely scenery, and disgusted by the
+squalid appearance of the natives; for within the last ten years great
+changes have occurred, and the native communities inhabiting the island
+ports, such as Apia and Papeite, have degenerated into the veriest
+loafers, spongers, and thieves. The appearance of a strange European in
+any of the environs of Apia is the signal for an onslaught of beggars of
+all ages and both sexes, who will pester his life out for tobacco; if he
+says he does not smoke, they say a sixpence will do as well. If he
+refuses he is pretty sure to be insulted by some half-naked ruffian, and
+will be glad to get back to the ship or to the refuge of an hotel. And
+yet, away from the contaminating influences of the town the white
+stranger will meet with politeness and respect wherever he
+goes--particularly if he is an Englishman--and will at once note the
+pleasing difference in the manners of the natives. Yet it must now be
+remembered that Samoa--with the exception of the beautiful island of
+Tutuila--is German territory, and German officials are none too effusive
+to Englishmen or Americans--in Samoa.
+
+But if any one wants to spend an enjoyable time in the South Seas let
+him avoid the "excursion ship" and go there in a trading steamer. There
+are several of these now sailing out of Australasian ports, and there is
+a choice of groups to visit. If a four months' voyage is not too long, a
+passage may be obtained in a small, but fairly fast and comfortable
+boat of 600 tons sailing from Sydney, which visits over forty islands in
+her cruise from Niué or Savage Island, ten days' steam from Sydney, to
+Jaluit in the Marshall Islands. But this particular cruise I would not
+recommend to any one in search of a variety of beautiful scenery, for
+nearly all of the islands visited are of the one type--low-lying sandy
+atolls, densely verdured with coco-palms, and very monotonous from their
+sameness of appearance. Their inhabitants, however, are widely different
+in manners, customs, and general mode of life. To the ethnologist such a
+cruise among the Ellice, Gilbert, and Marshall Islands would no doubt be
+full of interest; but to the traveller in search of either beautiful
+scenery or sport (except fishing) they would be disappointing.
+
+Let us suppose that the intending traveller desires to make a stay of
+some two or three months in the Samoan Group. He can reach there easily
+enough from Sydney or Auckland by steamer once a month, either by one of
+the Union Steamship Company's regular traders or by one of the San
+Francisco mail boats. From Sydney the voyage occupies eight days, from
+Auckland five. The outfit required for a three or four months' stay is
+not a large one--light clothing can be bought almost as cheaply in Samoa
+as in Sydney, a couple of guns with plenty of ammunition (for cartridges
+are shockingly dear in the Islands), a large and varied assortment of
+deep-sea tackle, a rod for fresh-water or reef fishing, and a good
+waterproof and rugs for camping out, as the early mornings are sometimes
+very chilly. And there is one other thing that is worth while taking,
+even though it may cost from £30 to £50 or so in Sydney--a good
+secondhand boat, with two suits of sails. Thus provided the sportsman
+can sail all along the coasts of Savaii and Upolu, and be practically
+independent of the local storekeepers. To hire a boat is very expensive,
+and to travel in native craft is horribly uncomfortable, and risky as
+well. And such a boat can always be sold again for at least its cost.
+
+A stay of two or three days, or at most a week, in Apia is quite long
+enough, and the stranger will get all the information he requires about
+the outlying districts from the Consuls or any of the old white
+residents. Such provisions as are needed--tea, sugar, flour, biscuits,
+tinned or other meats, &c.--can be had at fairly cheap rates; but a
+large stock should be taken, for, besides the keep of the native crew
+of, say, four men, it must always be borne in mind that a white visitor
+is expected to return the hospitality he receives from the native chiefs
+by making a present, and the Samoans are particularly susceptible to the
+charms of tinned meats, sardines, salmon, and _falaoa_ (bread or
+biscuit). That such a return should be made is only just and natural,
+though I am sorry to say that very often it is not. Then, again, it is
+very easy to stow away in the trade box in the boat eight or ten pieces
+of good print, cut off in pieces of six fathoms (which is enough to make
+a woman's gown), about 30 lbs. of twist negrohead tobacco (twenty to
+thirty sticks to the pound), half a gross of lucifer matches, and such
+things as cotton, scissors, combs, &c., and powder, caps, and a bag of
+No. 3 shot for pigeon shooting. Now, this seems a lot of articles for a
+man to take on a short Samoan _malaga_ (journey), but it is not, and for
+the £50 which it may cost for such an outfit (exclusive of the boat and
+crew's wages) the traveller will see more of the people and their mode
+of life, be more hospitably received, and spend a pleasanter time than
+if he were cruising about in a 1,000-ton yacht. The wages or boatmen and
+native sailors in Samoa are usually $15.00 per month, but many will
+gladly go on a _malaga_ (the general acceptance of the word is a
+pleasure trip) for much less, for there is but little work, and much
+eating and drinking. But, as sailors, the Samoans are a wretched lot,
+and the local living Savage Islanders, as the natives of Niué Island are
+called, are far better, especially if there is any wind or a beat to
+windward in a heavy sea. These Savage Island "boys" can always be
+obtained in Apia. They are good seamen and very willing to work; but
+they have to be fed entirely by their white employer, for the Samoans
+seldom make a present of food to a crew of Niué boys, for whom they
+profess a contempt and designate _au puáa_--_i.e._, pigs.
+
+The Samoan Group consists of five islands, trending from west by north
+to east by south. The two largest are Upolu and Savaii. Tutuila, and the
+Manua Group of three islands are too far to the windward to attempt in a
+small boat against the south-east trades. And it would take quite three
+months to visit the principal villages on the two large islands, staying
+a few days at each place.
+
+The best plan is to make to windward along the coast of Upolu after
+leaving Apia. A large boat cannot be taken all the way inside the reef,
+owing to the many coral patches which, at low tide, render this course
+impracticable. The first place of any importance is Saluafata, fifteen
+miles from Apia (I must mention that Apia is in the centre of Upolu, and
+on the north side), then Falifa|, an exquisitely pretty place, and
+then Fa|goloa Bay and village, eight miles further on. This is the
+deepest indentation in Samoa, except the famous Pa|go Pa|go Harbour
+on Tutuila, and the scenery is very beautiful. After leaving Fa|goloa,
+the open sea has to be taken, for there is now no barrier reef for ten
+miles, where it begins at Samusu village, to the towns of Aleipata and
+Lepa|, two of the best in the group, and inhabited by cleanly and
+hospitable people. This is the weather point of Upolu, and after leaving
+Lepa| the boat has a clear run of over sixty miles before the glorious
+trades to the lee end of the island--that is, unless a stay is made at
+the populous towns of Falealilli, Sa|fata, Lafa|ga, and Falelatai,
+on the southern coast. The scenery along this part of the island is
+enchanting, but sudden squalls at night-time are sometimes frequent,
+from December to March, and 'tis always advisable to run into a port at
+sunset.
+
+Two miles off the lee end of Upolu is the low-lying island of Manono,
+which is, however, enclosed in the Upolu barrier reef. It is only about
+three miles in circumference, exceedingly fertile, and is the most
+important place in the group, owing to the political influence wielded
+by the chiefly families who have always made it their home. A mile from
+Manono, and in the centre of the deep strait separating Upolu from
+Savaii, is a curiously picturesque spot, an island named Apolima.[17] It
+is an extinct crater, but has a narrow passage on the north side, and is
+inhabited by about fifty people, who are delighted to see any _papalagi_
+(foreigner) who is venturesome enough to make a landing there.
+
+Savaii is distant about ten miles from Upolu. Its coast is for the most
+part _itu papa_--i.e., iron bound--but there are five populous towns
+there--Palaulae, Salealua, Asaua, Matautu, and Safune. After making the
+round of Savaii, the boat has to make back to Manono, and then can
+proceed inside the reef all the way to Apia, making stoppages at the
+many minor villages which stud the shore at intervals of every few
+miles.
+
+These _malaga_ by boat along the coast or from one island to another are
+much in favour with many of the white residents of Samoa, who find their
+life in Apia very monotonous. European ladies frequently accompany their
+husbands, and sometimes quite a large party is made up. More than
+five-and-twenty years ago, when the writer was gaining his first
+experiences of Samoan life, it was his good fortune to be one of such a
+party, and a right merry time he had of it among the natives; for in
+those days, although there was party warfare occasionally, the group
+was free from the savage hatreds and dissensions--largely fomented by
+the interference and intrigues of unscrupulous traders and incapable
+officials--which for the past ten or twelve years have made it
+notorious.
+
+In travelling in Samoa one need not always rely upon native hospitality.
+Though most of the white traders at the outlying villages nowadays make
+nothing beyond a scanty living, they are as a rule very hospitable and
+pleased to see and entertain white visitors as well as their poor means
+will allow, and in nine cases out of ten would feel hurt if they were
+ignored and the native teacher's house visited first; for between the
+average trader and the native teacher there is always a natural and yet
+reasonable jealousy. And here let me say a word in praise of the Samoan
+teacher--in Samoa. Away from his native land, in charge of a mission
+station in another part of Polynesia or Melanesia, he is too often
+pompous and overbearing alike to his flock and to the white trader. Here
+he is far from the control and supervision of the white missionaries,
+who only visit him twice in the year, and consequently he thinks himself
+a man of vast importance. But in Samoa his superiors are prompt to curb
+any inclination he may evince to ride the high horse over his flock or
+interfere with any matter not strictly connected with his charge. So, in
+Samoa, the native teacher is generally a good fellow, the soul of
+hospitality, and anxious to entertain any chance white visitor; and
+although the Samoans are not bigoted ranters like the Tongans or
+Fijians, and the teachers have not anything like the undue and improper
+influence over the people possessed by the native ministers in Tonga or
+Fiji, to needlessly offend one would be resented by the villagers and
+make the visitor's stay anything but pleasant. As for the white
+missionaries in Samoa, all I need say of them is that they are
+gentlemen, and that the words "Mission House" are synonymous in most
+cases with warm welcome to the traveller.
+
+Travelling inland in Savaii or crossing Upolu from north to south, or
+_vice-versâ,_ is very delightful, though one misses much of the lovely
+scenery that unfolds itself in a panorama-like manner when sailing along
+the coast. One journey that can easily be accomplished in a day is that
+from Apia to Safata. Carriers are easily obtainable, and some splendid
+pigeon shooting can be had an hour or two after leaving Apia till within
+a few miles of Safata. Pigeons are about the only game to be had in
+Samoa, though the _manutagi_, or ring-dove, is very plentiful, but one
+hardly likes to shoot such dear little creatures. Occasionally one may
+get a wild duck or two and some fearful-looking wild fowls--the progeny
+of the domestic fowl. Wild pigs are not now plentiful in Upolu though
+they are in Savaii, but they are exceedingly difficult to shoot and the
+country they frequent is fearfully rough. In some of the streams there
+are some very good fish, running up to 2 lbs. or 3 lbs. They bite
+eagerly at the _ula_ or freshwater prawn, and are excellent eating; and
+yet, strange to say, very few of the white residents in the group even
+know of their existence. This applies also to deep-sea fishing; for
+although the deep water outside the reefs and the passages leading into
+the harbours teem with splendid fish, the residents of Apia are content
+to buy the wretched things brought to them by women who capture them in
+nets in the shallow water inside the reef. Once, during my stay on
+Manono, a young Manhiki half-caste and myself went out in our boat about
+a mile from the land, and in thirty fathoms of water caught in an hour
+three large-scaled fish of the groper species. These fish, though once
+familiar enough to the people of the island, are now never fished for,
+and our appearance with our prizes caused quite an excitement in the
+village, everyone thronging around us to look. And yet there are two or
+three varieties of groper--many of them weighing 50 lbs. or 60
+lbs.--which can be caught anywhere on the Samoan coast; but the Samoan
+of the present day has sadly degenerated, and, except bonito catching,
+deep-sea fishing is one of the lost arts. But at almost any place in the
+group, except Apia, great quantities of fish are caught inside the reefs
+by nets, and one may always be sure of getting a splendid mullet of some
+sort for either breakfast or supper.
+
+Let us suppose that a party of Europeans have arrived at a village, and
+are the guests of the chief and people generally. Food is at once
+brought to them, even before any visits of ceremony are paid, for the
+news of the coming of a party of travellers has doubtless been brought
+to the village the previous day by a messenger from the last
+stopping-place. The repast provided may be simple, but will be ample,
+baked pork most likely being the _pièce de résistance,_ with roast
+fowl, baked pigeons, breadfruit (if in season), and yams or taro, with a
+plentiful supply of young drinking-coconuts. (Should the host be the
+local teacher, some deplorable tea and a loaf of terrible bread are sure
+to be produced.) This preliminary meal finished, the formalities begin
+by a visit from the chief and his _tulafale,_ or "talking-man,"
+accompanied by the leading citizens. The talking-man then makes a
+speech, welcoming the guests, and is by no means sparing of "buttery"
+phrases which indicate the intense delight, &c., of the inhabitants of
+the village at having the honoured privilege of entertaining such noble
+and distinguished visitors, &c. A suitable reply is made by the guests
+(through an interpreter, if no one among them can speak Samoan), and
+then follows a ceremonious brewing and drinking of kava. This is a most
+important function in Samoa, and to the stranger unaccustomed to the
+manner of making the beverage, the ordeal of drinking it is an
+exceedingly trying one. It is prepared as follows: The dried kava root
+is cut up in thin slices and handed to a number of young women, who
+masticate it and then deposit it in a large wooden _tanoa_, or bowl.
+Water is then added in sufficient quantity till the _tanoa_ is
+half-filled with a thin yellowish-green liquid, which is carefully
+strained by a thick "swab" of the beaten bark of the _fau_-tree. This
+straining operation is performed only by a very experienced lady, and is
+watched in respectful silence. Then the drink is handed round in a
+polished bowl of coconut-shell. But for a full description of all the
+details of a kava-drinking, let me commend my readers to the best and
+most charming book ever written on South Sea life, "South Sea Bubbles,"
+by the late Earl of Pembroke and Dr. Kingsley. Nowadays, however, many
+Samoan households, out of deference to European tastes, have the kava
+root grated instead of being chewed.
+
+The kava-drinking over, all stiffness and formality disappears for the
+time, and the visitors are surrounded by the villagers, eager to learn
+the latest news from Apia, and from the world abroad. The discussion of
+political matters always has a strong attraction for Samoans, who are
+anxious to learn the state of affairs in Europe, and their knowledge and
+shrewdness is surprising. Should there be any white ladies present, the
+brown ones make much of them. The Samoans are a fine, handsome race, and
+the faces and figures of many of the young women are very attractive;
+but the practice of cutting off their long, flowing black hair, and
+allowing it to grow in a short, stiff "frizz" is all too common, and
+detracts very much from an otherwise handsome and graceful appearance,
+especially when the hair is coated with lime in order to change its
+colour to red. Many of the men, particularly those of chiefly rank, are
+of magnificent stature and proportions, and their walk and carriage are
+in consonance.
+
+An announcement that the visitors intend to go pigeon shooting is warmly
+applauded, and each white man is at once provided with a guide, for,
+unless he has had experience of the Samoan forest, he will return with
+an empty bag, as, however plentiful the birds may be, their habit of
+hiding in the branches of the lofty _tamanu_ and _masa'oi_-trees render
+them difficult of detection. The natives themselves are very good shots,
+and very rarely fail to bring down a bird, even when nothing more than a
+scarlet leg or a blue-grey feather is visible. The guns they use are
+very common, cheap German affairs, but are specially made for Samoa,
+being very small bored and long in the barrel. The best time is in the
+early morning and towards the cool of the evening, when the birds are
+feeding on _masa'oi_ and other berries; during the heat of the day they
+seldom leave their perches, though their deep crooning note may be heard
+everywhere. In the mountainous interiors of Upolu and Savaii there is
+but little undergrowth; the ground is carpeted with a thick layer of
+leaves, dry on the top, but rain and dew-soaked beneath, and simply to
+breathe the sweet, cool mountain air is delightful. At certain times of
+the year the birds are very fat, and I have very often seen them
+literally burst when striking the ground after being shot in high trees.
+Their flavour is delicious, especially if they are hung for a day. I may
+here remark that, in New Britain, precisely the same species of pigeon
+is very often quite uneatable through feeding upon Chili berries, which
+in that island grow in profusion. In shooting in a Samoan forest one has
+nothing to fear from venomous reptiles, for, although there are two or
+three kinds of snakes, they are rarely ever seen and quite harmless.
+Scorpions and centipedes--the latter often six inches in length--there
+are in plenty, but these detestable vermin are more common in European
+habitations than in the bush. At the same time, mosquitoes are a
+terrible annoyance anywhere in the vicinity of water, and delight in
+attacking the tender skin of the stranger. Then, again, beware of
+scratching any exposed part of the skin, for, unless it is quickly
+covered by plaister or otherwise attended to, an irritating sore, which
+may take months to heal, will often result.
+
+There are, during the visit of a travelling party to a Samoan town, no
+fixed times for meals. You are expected to eat much and often. During
+the day there will be continuous arrivals of people bringing baskets of
+provisions as presents, which are formally presented--with a speech. The
+speech has to be responded to, and the bringers of the presents treated
+politely, as long as they remain, and they remain until their
+curiosity--and avarice--is satisfied. A return present must be sent on
+the following day; for although Samoans designate every present of food
+or anything else made to a party of visitors as an "alofa"--_i.e.,_ a
+gift of love--this is but a hollow conventionalism, it being the
+time-honoured custom of the country to always give a _quid pro quo_ for
+whatever has been received. Yet it must not be imagined that they are a
+selfish people; if the recipients of an "alofa" of food are too poor to
+respond otherwise than by a profusion of thanks, the donors of the
+"alofa" are satisfied--it would be a disgrace for their village to be
+spoken of as having treated guests meanly.
+
+After evening service--conducted on week-days in each house by the head
+of the family--another meal is served. Then either lamps or a fire of
+coconut-shells is lit, and there is a great making of _sului_, or
+cigarettes of strong tobacco rolled in dry banana leaf, and there is
+much merry jostling and shoving among the young lads and girls for a
+seat on the matted floor, to hear the white people talk. A dance is sure
+to be suggested, and presently the _fale po-ula,_ or dance-house, is lit
+up in preparation, as the dancers, male and female, hurry away to adorn
+themselves. Much has been said about the impropriety of Samoa dancing by
+travellers who have only witnessed the degrading and indecent
+exhibitions, given on a large scale by the loafing class of natives who
+inhabit Apia and its immediate vicinity. The natives are an adaptive
+race, and suit their manners to their company, and there are always
+numbers of sponging men and _paumotu_ (beach-women) ready to pander to
+the tastes of low whites who are willing to witness a lewd dance. But in
+most villages, situated away from the contaminating influences of the
+principal port, a native _siva_, or dance, is well worth witnessing, and
+the accompanying singing is very melodious. It is, however, true, that
+on important occasions, such as the marriage of a great chief, &c., that
+the dancing, decorous enough in the earlier stages of the evening,
+degenerates under the influence of excitement into an exhibition that
+provokes sorrow and disgust. And yet, curiously enough, the dancers at
+these times are not low class, common people, but young men and women
+of high lineage, who, led by the _taupo_, or maid of the village, cast
+aside all restraint and modesty. In many of the dances the costumes are
+exceedingly pretty, the men wearing aprons made of the yellow and
+scarlet leaves of the _ti_ or dracoena plant, with head-dresses formed
+of pieces of iridescent pearl-shell, intermixed with silver coins and
+scarlet and amber beads, and the hair of both sexes is profusely adorned
+with the scarlet flowers of the hibiscus, while from their necks depend
+large strings of _sea-sea, masa'oi,_ and other brightly-coloured and
+sweet-smelling berries. Of late years the Tahitian fashion of wearing
+thick wreaths of orange or lemon blossoms has come into vogue.
+
+Before concluding these remarks upon Samoa, I must mention that the
+climate is very healthy for the greater part of the year; but in the
+rainy season, December to March, the heat is intense, and sickness is
+often prevalent, especially in Apia. Still fever, such as is met with in
+the New Hebrides and the Solomon Group, "the grave of the white man in
+the South Seas," is unknown, and one may sleep in the open air with
+impunity. Before setting out from Apia the services of a competent
+interpreter should be secured--a man who thoroughly understands the
+Samoan _customs_ as well as the language. Plenty of reliable half-castes
+can always be found, any one of whom would be glad to engage for a very
+moderate payment. Too often the pleasures of such a trip as I have
+described have been marred by the interpreter's lack of tact and
+knowledge of the idiosyncrasies of the inhabitants of the various
+districts and villages. The mere fact of a man being able to speak the
+language fairly well is not the all in all; for the Samoans are a highly
+sensitive people, and the omission by the interpreter of a chief's
+titles, &c., when the guests are responding through him to an address of
+welcome, would be considered "shockingly bad form."
+
+But the reader must not imagine that the Samoan Group is the only one in
+the South Pacific where an enjoyable holiday may be spent. The French
+possession of the Society Islands, of which the pretty town Papeite, in
+the noble island of Tahiti, is the capital, rivals, if not exceeds,
+Samoa in the magnificence of its scenery, and the natives are a highly
+intelligent race of Malayo-Polynesians who, despite their being citizens
+of the French Republic, never forget that they were redeemed from
+savagery by Englishmen, and a _taata Peretane_ (Englishman) is an
+ever-welcome guest to them. The facilities for visiting the different
+islands of the Society Group are very good, for there is quite a fleet
+of native and European-owned vessels constantly cruising throughout the
+archipelago. To cross the island of Tahiti from its south-east to its
+north-west point is one of the most delightful trips imaginable. Then
+again, the Hervey or Cook's Group, which consist of the fertile islands
+of Mangaia, Rarotonga, Atui, Aitutaki, and Mauki, are well worth
+visiting. The people speak a language similar to that of Tahiti, and
+they are a fine, hospitable race, albeit a little over-civilised. Both
+of these groups can be reached from Auckland by sailing vessels, but
+not direct from Sydney. As for the lonely islands of the North Pacific,
+they are too far afield for any one to visit but the trader or the
+traveller to whom time is nothing.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+1: Literally, "clear crony."
+
+2: Port.
+
+3: Happiness.
+
+4: A libertine, profligate.
+
+5: My love to you, Pâkía; are you well?
+
+6: White foreigners.
+
+7: Frank.
+
+8: Small-pox.
+
+9: An accordion.
+
+10: Idler, gad about--a Samoan expression.
+
+11: German.
+
+12: The Tokelau and Ellice Islanders are much amused at the white man's
+ method of hauling in a heavy fish hand _over_ hand. This to them is
+ "_faka fafine_"--i.e., like a woman.
+
+13: Cayse.
+
+14: NOTE BY THE PUBLISHER.--This incident is related by the author in
+ "By Reef and Palm" under the title of "The Rangers of the Tia Kau."
+
+15: PUBLISHER'S NOTE.--This Alan Strickland is the "Allan" who has so
+ frequently figured in the author's other tales of South Sea life,
+ notably in the works entitled "By Reef and Palm" and "The Ebbing of
+ the Tide."
+
+16: Councillors.
+
+17: _Apo! lima_! "Be quick with your hand!" The passage is narrow and
+ dangerous, even for canoes, and the steersman, as he watches the
+ rolling surf, calls out _Apo, lau lima_! to his crew--an expression
+ synonymous to our nautical, "Pull like the devil!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of By Rock and Pool on an Austral Shore,
+and Other Stories, by Louis Becke
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 12798 ***